Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 109430:0b8608a36b55
Merge from mainline.
author | Katsumi Yamaoka <yamaoka@jpl.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 09 Jul 2010 01:50:09 +0000 |
parents | 8cfee7d2955f |
children | f37b85834f7e |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
64770
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1993, 1994, 1995, |
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
3 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, |
106815 | 4 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 5 |
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
7 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
314 | 9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
11 (at your option) any later version. |
314 | 12 |
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
16 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
17 | |
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
314 | 20 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <config.h> |
314 | 22 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 24 #include <ctype.h> |
105669
68dd71358159
* alloc.c: Do not define struct catchtag.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
104957
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <setjmp.h> |
314 | 26 |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
34 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 37 #include "buffer.h" |
88351
aac41b50c875
Include "character.h" instead of "charset.h".
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "character.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 40 #include "frame.h" |
83004
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
12917 | 50 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 51 |
314 | 52 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
53 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 54 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 55 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
56 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
57 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
58 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
60 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
61 #include "nsterm.h" |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
62 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
63 |
25012 | 64 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
65 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
66 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
67 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
68 |
25012 | 69 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
70 | |
71 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
72 #include <unistd.h> | |
73 #endif | |
74 | |
314 | 75 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 76 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
77 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
78 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
79 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 80 |
81 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
82 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
83 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
84 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
85 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
86 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
87 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
88 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
89 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
90 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
91 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
92 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
93 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
94 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
96 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 97 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
98 #endif | |
25012 | 99 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
100 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
101 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 102 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
103 #endif | |
25012 | 104 |
105 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
106 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
107 | |
108 struct dim | |
109 { | |
110 int width; | |
111 int height; | |
112 }; | |
113 | |
114 | |
115 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
116 | |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
117 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
118 static void restore_current_matrix (struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
119 static int showing_window_margins_p (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
120 static void fake_current_matrices (Lisp_Object); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
121 static void redraw_overlapping_rows (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
122 static void redraw_overlapped_rows (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
123 static int count_blanks (struct glyph *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
124 static int count_match (struct glyph *, struct glyph *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
125 struct glyph *, struct glyph *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
126 static unsigned line_draw_cost (struct glyph_matrix *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
127 static void update_frame_line (struct frame *, int); |
25012 | 128 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
129 (Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
130 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
131 static int realloc_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *, struct dim); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
132 static void adjust_frame_glyphs (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
133 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_pool *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
134 static void free_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
135 static void adjust_glyph_matrix (struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
136 int, int, struct dim); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
137 static void change_frame_size_1 (struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
138 static void swap_glyph_pointers (struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
139 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
140 static int glyph_row_slice_p (struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
141 #endif |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
142 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
143 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
144 struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
145 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
146 struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
147 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool (void); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
148 static void free_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
149 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (void); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
150 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
151 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
152 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
153 static void build_frame_matrix (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
154 void clear_current_matrices (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
155 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range (struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
156 int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
157 static void clear_window_matrices (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
158 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
159 static int scrolling_window (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
160 static int update_window_line (struct window *, int, int *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
161 static void update_marginal_area (struct window *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
162 static int update_text_area (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
163 static void make_current (struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
164 int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
165 static void mirror_make_current (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
166 void check_window_matrix_pointers (struct window *); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
167 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
168 static void check_matrix_pointers (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
169 struct glyph_matrix *); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
170 #endif |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
171 static void mirror_line_dance (struct window *, int, int, int *, char *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
172 static int update_window_tree (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
173 static int update_window (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
174 static int update_frame_1 (struct frame *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
175 static void set_window_cursor_after_update (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
176 static int row_equal_p (struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
177 struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
178 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
179 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
180 static void reverse_rows (struct glyph_matrix *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
181 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve (struct window *, int, Lisp_Object); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
182 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
183 struct window *frame_row_to_window (struct window *, int); |
25012 | 184 |
185 | |
186 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
187 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
188 scrolling. */ | |
189 | |
190 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
191 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
192 /* Define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING to 1, if micro-second timers |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
193 are supported, so we can check for input during redisplay at |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
194 regular intervals. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
195 #ifdef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
196 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 1 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
197 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
198 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 0 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
199 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
200 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
201 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
202 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
203 /* If a number (float), check for user input every N seconds. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
204 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
205 Lisp_Object Vredisplay_preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
206 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
207 /* Redisplay preemption timers. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
208 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
209 static EMACS_TIME preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
210 static EMACS_TIME preemption_next_check; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
211 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
212 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
213 |
554 | 214 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 215 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 216 |
764 | 217 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 218 |
25012 | 219 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 220 |
221 int display_completed; | |
222 | |
25012 | 223 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
224 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 225 |
226 int visible_bell; | |
227 | |
764 | 228 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 229 |
230 int inverse_video; | |
231 | |
232 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
233 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
234 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 235 |
25012 | 236 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
237 creates the first frame. */ |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
238 |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
239 Lisp_Object Vinitial_window_system; |
314 | 240 |
241 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 242 |
314 | 243 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
244 | |
25012 | 245 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
246 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 247 |
248 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 249 as a character code. |
250 | |
251 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
252 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 253 |
254 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
255 | |
256 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
257 | |
258 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
259 | |
25012 | 260 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
261 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 262 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
263 | |
314 | 264 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
265 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
266 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 267 |
314 | 268 |
25012 | 269 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
270 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
271 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
272 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 273 |
274 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 275 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 276 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
277 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 278 |
279 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
280 | |
281 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
282 | |
283 int delayed_size_change; | |
284 | |
285 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
286 | |
287 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
288 | |
289 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
290 | |
291 struct window *updated_window; | |
292 | |
293 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
294 | |
295 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
296 int updated_area; | |
297 | |
298 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
299 | |
300 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
301 | |
302 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
303 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
304 | |
305 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
306 int glyph_pool_count; | |
307 | |
308 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
309 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
310 | |
311 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
312 | |
313 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
314 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
315 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
316 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
94946
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
317 loaded on demand. Another reason is that a line contains many |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
318 characters displayed by zero width or very narrow glyphs of |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
319 variable-width fonts. */ |
25012 | 320 |
321 int fonts_changed_p; | |
322 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
323 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 324 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
325 | |
326 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
327 | |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
328 static int window_to_frame_vpos (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
329 static int window_to_frame_hpos (struct window *, int); |
25012 | 330 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) |
331 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
332 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
358 static void add_frame_display_history (struct frame *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
359 static void add_window_display_history (struct window *, char *, int); |
71141 | 360 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
363 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
373 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
378 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
384 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
401 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
406 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
415 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
416 (void) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
429 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
430 |
25012 | 431 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
432 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
433 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
434 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 435 |
436 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
437 | |
438 | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
439 #ifdef PROFILING |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
440 /* FIXME: only used to find text start for profiling. */ |
314 | 441 |
442 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
443 safe_bcopy (const char *from, char *to, int size) |
314 | 444 { |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
445 abort (); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
446 } |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
447 #endif |
25012 | 448 |
449 /*********************************************************************** | |
450 Glyph Matrices | |
451 ***********************************************************************/ | |
452 | |
453 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
454 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
455 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
456 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
457 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
458 | |
459 struct glyph_matrix * | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
460 new_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_pool *pool) |
25012 | 461 { |
462 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
463 | |
464 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
465 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
466 memset (result, 0, sizeof *result); |
25012 | 467 |
468 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
469 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
470 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
471 | |
472 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
473 result->pool = pool; | |
474 return result; | |
475 } | |
476 | |
477 | |
478 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
479 | |
480 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
481 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
482 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
483 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
484 |
25012 | 485 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
486 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
487 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
488 | |
489 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
490 free_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix) |
25012 | 491 { |
492 if (matrix) | |
493 { | |
494 int i; | |
495 | |
496 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
497 allocated. */ | |
498 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
499 abort (); | |
500 | |
501 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
502 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
503 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
504 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
505 |
25012 | 506 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
507 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
508 xfree (matrix); | |
509 } | |
510 } | |
511 | |
512 | |
513 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
514 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
515 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
516 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
517 or a float. */ | |
518 | |
519 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
520 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (struct window *w, int total_glyphs, Lisp_Object margin) |
25012 | 521 { |
522 int n; | |
523 | |
524 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
525 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
526 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 527 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
528 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
57808
a1c4ff636947
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Don't use ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56727
diff
changeset
|
529 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); |
25012 | 530 } |
531 else | |
532 n = 0; | |
533 | |
534 return n; | |
535 } | |
536 | |
537 | |
538 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
539 window sizes. | |
540 | |
541 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
542 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
543 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
544 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
545 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
546 | |
547 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
548 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
549 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
550 MATRIX->pool. | |
551 | |
552 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
553 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
554 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
555 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
556 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
557 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
558 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
559 | |
560 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
561 adjust_glyph_matrix (struct window *w, struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int x, int y, struct dim dim) |
25012 | 562 { |
563 int i; | |
564 int new_rows; | |
565 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 566 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
567 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 568 int left = -1, right = -1; |
80274
b818bce5757f
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Initialize window_height.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
569 int window_width = -1, window_height = -1; |
25012 | 570 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
571 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
572 Get W's size. */ |
25012 | 573 if (w) |
574 { | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
575 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
576 |
25546 | 577 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
578 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 579 } |
25546 | 580 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 581 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
582 /* If POOL is null, MATRIX is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
583 Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
25012 | 584 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving |
585 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
586 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
587 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
588 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
589 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 590 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
591 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
592 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
593 | |
594 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
595 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 596 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
597 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
598 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 599 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
600 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
601 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
602 return; | |
603 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
604 |
25012 | 605 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
606 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
607 { | |
608 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
609 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
610 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
611 memset (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, 0, |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
612 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); |
25012 | 613 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; |
614 } | |
615 else | |
616 new_rows = 0; | |
617 | |
618 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
619 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
620 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
621 if (matrix->pool) | |
622 { | |
623 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
624 |
25012 | 625 if (w) |
626 { | |
627 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
628 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 629 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
630 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 631 } |
632 else | |
633 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
634 |
25012 | 635 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
636 { | |
637 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
638 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
639 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 640 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
641 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
642 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
643 |
25012 | 644 if (w == NULL |
645 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 646 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 647 { |
648 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
649 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
650 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
651 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
652 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
653 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
654 } | |
655 else | |
656 { | |
657 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
658 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
659 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
660 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
661 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
662 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
663 } | |
664 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
665 |
25012 | 666 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
667 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
668 } | |
669 else | |
670 { | |
671 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
672 its own memory. It is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
673 Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ |
25012 | 674 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w |
675 || new_rows | |
25546 | 676 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 677 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
678 { | |
679 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
680 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
681 |
25012 | 682 while (row < end) |
683 { | |
684 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
685 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
686 (dim.width | |
687 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
688 |
25012 | 689 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
690 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 691 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 692 { |
693 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
694 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
695 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
696 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
697 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
698 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
699 } | |
700 else | |
701 { | |
702 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
703 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
704 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
705 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
706 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
707 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
708 } | |
709 ++row; | |
710 } | |
711 } | |
712 | |
713 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
714 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
715 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
716 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
717 |
25012 | 718 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
719 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
720 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 721 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
722 if (w) |
25012 | 723 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
724 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 725 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
726 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
727 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
728 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
729 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
730 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
731 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
732 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
733 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
734 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
735 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
736 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
737 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
738 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
739 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
740 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
741 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
742 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
743 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
744 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
745 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
746 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
747 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
748 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
749 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
750 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
751 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
752 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
753 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
754 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
755 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
756 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
757 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
758 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
759 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
760 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
761 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
762 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
763 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
764 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
765 } |
25012 | 766 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
767 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 768 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
769 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
770 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
771 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
772 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 773 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
774 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
775 } | |
776 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
777 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
778 |
25012 | 779 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
780 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
781 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
782 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
783 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
784 | |
785 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
786 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
787 if (w) | |
788 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
789 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
790 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 791 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
792 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
793 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
794 } | |
795 } | |
796 | |
797 | |
798 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
799 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
800 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
801 below). */ | |
314 | 802 |
803 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
804 reverse_rows (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end) |
314 | 805 { |
25012 | 806 int i, j; |
807 | |
808 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
809 { | |
810 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
811 initialization. */ | |
812 struct glyph_row temp; | |
813 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
814 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
815 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
816 } | |
314 | 817 } |
818 | |
25012 | 819 |
820 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
821 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
822 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
823 row structures are moved around). | |
824 | |
825 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
826 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
827 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
828 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
829 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
830 rotating right. */ | |
831 | |
832 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
833 rotate_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int first, int last, int by) |
314 | 834 { |
25012 | 835 if (by < 0) |
836 { | |
837 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
838 by = -by; | |
839 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
840 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
841 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
842 } | |
843 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 844 { |
25012 | 845 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
846 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
847 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
848 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 849 } |
25012 | 850 } |
851 | |
852 | |
853 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
854 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
855 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
856 | |
857 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
858 increment_matrix_positions (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, int delta, int delta_bytes) |
25012 | 859 { |
860 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
861 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
862 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
863 xassert (start <= end); | |
864 | |
865 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
866 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 867 } |
868 | |
869 | |
870 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
871 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
872 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
873 | |
874 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
875 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, int enabled_p) |
25012 | 876 { |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
877 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
878 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
879 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
880 |
25012 | 881 for (; start < end; ++start) |
882 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
883 } | |
884 | |
885 | |
886 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
887 | |
888 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
889 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
890 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
891 enabled_p flag. | |
892 | |
893 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
894 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
895 | |
896 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
897 clear_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix) |
25012 | 898 { |
899 if (matrix) | |
314 | 900 { |
25012 | 901 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
902 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 903 } |
904 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
905 |
25012 | 906 |
907 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
908 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
909 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
910 | |
911 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
912 shift_glyph_matrix (struct window *w, struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, int dy) |
25012 | 913 { |
914 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
915 |
25012 | 916 xassert (start <= end); |
917 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
918 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
919 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
920 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
921 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
922 |
25012 | 923 for (; start < end; ++start) |
924 { | |
925 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
926 |
25012 | 927 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
928 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
929 |
25012 | 930 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
931 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
932 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
933 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 934 } |
935 } | |
936 | |
937 | |
938 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
939 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
940 current matrix. */ | |
941 | |
942 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
943 clear_current_matrices (register struct frame *f) |
25012 | 944 { |
945 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
946 if (f->current_matrix) | |
947 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
948 | |
949 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
950 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
951 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
952 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
953 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
954 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
955 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
956 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
957 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 958 |
959 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
960 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
961 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
962 } | |
963 | |
964 | |
965 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 966 |
21514 | 967 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
968 clear_desired_matrices (register struct frame *f) |
314 | 969 { |
25012 | 970 if (f->desired_matrix) |
971 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
972 |
25012 | 973 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
974 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
975 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
976 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
977 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 978 |
979 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
980 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
981 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
982 } | |
983 | |
984 | |
985 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
986 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
987 | |
988 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
989 clear_window_matrices (struct window *w, int desired_p) |
25012 | 990 { |
991 while (w) | |
314 | 992 { |
25012 | 993 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
994 { | |
995 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
996 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
997 } | |
998 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 999 { |
25012 | 1000 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1001 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1002 } | |
1003 else | |
1004 { | |
1005 if (desired_p) | |
1006 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1007 else | |
314 | 1008 { |
25012 | 1009 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1010 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1011 } |
25012 | 1012 } |
1013 | |
1014 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1015 } | |
1016 } | |
1017 | |
1018 | |
1019 | |
1020 /*********************************************************************** | |
1021 Glyph Rows | |
1022 | |
1023 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1024 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1025 | |
1026 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1027 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1028 structure members. */ | |
1029 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1030 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1031 |
25012 | 1032 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1033 clear_glyph_row (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1034 { |
1035 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1036 | |
1037 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1038 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1039 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1040 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1041 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1042 | |
1043 /* Clear. */ | |
1044 *row = null_row; | |
1045 | |
1046 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1047 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1048 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1049 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1050 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1051 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1052 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1053 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1054 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1055 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1056 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1057 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1058 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1059 memset (p[0], 0, (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1060 #endif |
25012 | 1061 } |
1062 | |
1063 | |
1064 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1065 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1066 | |
1067 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1068 blank_row (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row, int y) |
25012 | 1069 { |
1070 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1071 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1072 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1073 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1074 |
25012 | 1075 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1076 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1077 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1078 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1079 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1080 |
25012 | 1081 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1082 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1083 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1084 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1085 |
1086 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1087 } | |
1088 | |
1089 | |
1090 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1091 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1092 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1093 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1094 ends. */ | |
1095 | |
1096 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1097 increment_row_positions (struct glyph_row *row, int delta, int delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1098 { |
1099 int area, i; | |
1100 | |
1101 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1102 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1103 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1104 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1105 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1106 CHARPOS (row->start.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1107 BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) += delta_bytes; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1108 CHARPOS (row->end.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1109 BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) += delta_bytes; |
25012 | 1110 |
65003
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1111 if (!row->enabled_p) |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1112 return; |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
25012 | 1114 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ |
1115 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1116 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1117 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1118 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1119 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1120 | |
1121 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1122 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1123 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1124 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1125 } | |
1126 | |
1127 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1128 #if 0 |
25012 | 1129 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1130 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1131 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1132 | |
1133 static void | |
1134 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1135 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1136 { | |
1137 int area; | |
1138 | |
1139 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1140 { | |
1141 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1142 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1143 | |
1144 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1145 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1146 | |
1147 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1148 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1149 | |
1150 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1151 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1152 | |
1153 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1154 { | |
1155 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1156 initialization. */ | |
1157 struct glyph temp; | |
1158 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1159 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1160 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1161 ++glyph_a; | |
1162 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1163 } |
1164 } | |
1165 } | |
25012 | 1166 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1167 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1168 |
1169 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1170 | |
1171 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1172 swap_glyph_pointers (struct glyph_row *a, struct glyph_row *b) |
25012 | 1173 { |
1174 int i; | |
1175 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1176 { | |
1177 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1178 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1179 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1180 } | |
1181 } | |
1182 | |
1183 | |
1184 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1185 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1186 | |
1187 INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1188 copy_row_except_pointers (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from) |
25012 | 1189 { |
1190 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1191 | |
1192 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1193 memcpy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); |
25012 | 1194 |
1195 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1196 *to = *from; | |
1197 | |
1198 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1199 memcpy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); |
25012 | 1200 } |
1201 | |
1202 | |
1203 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1204 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1205 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1206 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1207 | |
1208 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1209 copy_glyph_row_contents (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from, int delta, int delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1210 { |
1211 int area; | |
1212 | |
1213 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1214 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1215 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1216 | |
1217 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1218 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1219 if (from->used[area]) | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1220 memcpy (to->glyphs[area], from->glyphs[area], |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1221 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
25012 | 1222 |
1223 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1224 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1225 } |
1226 | |
1227 | |
1228 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1229 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1230 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1231 a memory leak. */ | |
1232 | |
1233 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1234 assign_row (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from) |
25012 | 1235 { |
1236 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1237 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1238 } | |
1239 | |
1240 | |
1241 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1242 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1243 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1244 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1245 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1246 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1247 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1248 |
25012 | 1249 static int |
1250 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1251 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1252 { | |
1253 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1254 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1255 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1256 | |
1257 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1258 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1259 } | |
1260 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1261 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1262 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1263 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1264 |
25012 | 1265 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1266 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1267 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1268 | |
1269 static struct glyph_row * | |
1270 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1271 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1272 int row; | |
1273 { | |
1274 int i; | |
1275 | |
1276 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1277 | |
1278 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1279 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1280 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1281 break; | |
1282 | |
1283 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1284 } | |
1285 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1286 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1287 |
1288 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1289 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1290 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1291 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1292 | |
1293 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1294 prepare_desired_row (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1295 { |
1296 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1297 { | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1298 unsigned rp = row->reversed_p; |
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
25012 | 1300 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1301 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1302 row->reversed_p = rp; |
25012 | 1303 } |
1304 } | |
1305 | |
1306 | |
1307 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1308 | |
1309 int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1310 line_hash_code (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1311 { |
1312 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1313 |
25012 | 1314 if (row->enabled_p) |
1315 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1316 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1317 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1318 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1319 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1320 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1321 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1322 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1323 if (FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1324 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1325 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1326 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1327 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1328 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1329 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1330 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1331 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1332 } |
1333 | |
1334 return hash; | |
1335 } | |
1336 | |
1337 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1338 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1339 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1340 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1341 | |
1342 static unsigned int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1343 line_draw_cost (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int vpos) |
25012 | 1344 { |
1345 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1346 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1347 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1348 int len; | |
1349 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1350 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1351 | |
1352 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1353 if (!FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
25012 | 1354 { |
1355 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1356 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1357 --end; |
1358 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1359 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1360 if (end == beg) |
1361 return 0; | |
1362 | |
1363 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1364 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1365 ++beg; | |
1366 } | |
1367 | |
1368 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1369 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1370 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1371 len = end - beg; | |
1372 else | |
1373 { | |
1374 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1375 in LEN. */ | |
1376 len = 0; | |
1377 while (beg < end) | |
1378 { | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1379 GLYPH g; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1380 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1381 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (g, *beg); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1382 |
92387
41d029d73eac
(line_draw_cost): Fix invalid glyph check.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
92276
diff
changeset
|
1383 if (GLYPH_INVALID_P (g) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1384 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1385 len += 1; |
1386 else | |
1387 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
25012 | 1389 ++beg; |
1390 } | |
1391 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1392 |
25012 | 1393 return len; |
1394 } | |
1395 | |
1396 | |
1397 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1398 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1399 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1400 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1401 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1402 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1403 static INLINE int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1404 row_equal_p (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *a, struct glyph_row *b, int mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1405 { |
1406 if (a == b) | |
1407 return 1; | |
1408 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1409 return 0; | |
1410 else | |
1411 { | |
1412 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1413 int area; | |
1414 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1415 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1416 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1417 |
25012 | 1418 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1419 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1420 { | |
1421 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1422 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1423 |
25012 | 1424 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1425 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1426 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1427 |
25012 | 1428 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1429 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1430 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1431 |
25012 | 1432 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1433 return 0; | |
1434 } | |
1435 | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1436 if (a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1437 || a->cursor_in_fringe_p != b->cursor_in_fringe_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1438 || a->left_fringe_bitmap != b->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1439 || a->left_fringe_face_id != b->left_fringe_face_id |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1440 || a->right_fringe_bitmap != b->right_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1441 || a->right_fringe_face_id != b->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
1442 || a->overlay_arrow_bitmap != b->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1443 || a->exact_window_width_line_p != b->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1444 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1445 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1446 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
107636
b5cb7368c1bc
Continue work on continuation lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107624
diff
changeset
|
1447 || a->reversed_p != b->reversed_p |
25012 | 1448 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ |
1449 || a->x != b->x | |
1450 /* Different height. */ | |
1451 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1452 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1453 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1454 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1455 return 0; | |
1456 } | |
1457 | |
1458 return 1; | |
1459 } | |
1460 | |
1461 | |
314 | 1462 |
25012 | 1463 /*********************************************************************** |
1464 Glyph Pool | |
1465 | |
1466 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1467 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1468 | |
1469 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1470 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1471 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1472 | |
1473 static struct glyph_pool * | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1474 new_glyph_pool (void) |
25012 | 1475 { |
1476 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1477 | |
1478 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1479 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1480 memset (result, 0, sizeof *result); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1481 |
25012 | 1482 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1483 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
25012 | 1485 return result; |
1486 } | |
1487 | |
1488 | |
1489 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1490 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1491 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1492 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1493 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1494 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1495 | |
1496 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1497 free_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *pool) |
25012 | 1498 { |
1499 if (pool) | |
1500 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1501 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1502 --glyph_pool_count; |
1503 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1504 | |
1505 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1506 xfree (pool); | |
1507 } | |
1508 } | |
1509 | |
1510 | |
1511 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1512 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1513 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1514 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1515 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1516 | |
1517 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1518 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1519 | |
1520 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1521 realloc_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *pool, struct dim matrix_dim) |
25012 | 1522 { |
1523 int needed; | |
1524 int changed_p; | |
1525 | |
1526 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1527 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1528 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1529 | |
1530 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1531 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1532 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1533 { | |
1534 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1535 | |
1536 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1537 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1538 else | |
1539 { | |
1540 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1541 memset (pool->glyphs, 0, size); |
25012 | 1542 } |
1543 | |
1544 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1545 } | |
1546 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1547 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1548 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1549 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1550 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1551 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1552 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
25012 | 1554 return changed_p; |
1555 } | |
1556 | |
1557 | |
1558 | |
1559 /*********************************************************************** | |
1560 Debug Code | |
1561 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1562 | |
1563 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1564 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1566 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from the debugger. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1567 XXX Maybe this should be changed to flush the current terminal instead of |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1568 stdout. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1569 */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1570 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1571 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1572 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1573 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1574 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1575 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1576 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1577 |
25012 | 1578 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1579 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1580 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1581 MATRIX. */ | |
1582 | |
1583 void | |
1584 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1585 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1586 { | |
1587 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
25012 | 1589 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1590 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1591 xassert (i == j | |
1592 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1593 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1594 } | |
1595 | |
1596 | |
1597 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1598 | |
1599 struct glyph_row * | |
1600 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1601 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1602 int row; | |
1603 { | |
1604 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1605 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1606 | |
1607 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1608 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1609 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1610 #if 0 |
25012 | 1611 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1612 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1613 |
25012 | 1614 return matrix->rows + row; |
1615 } | |
1616 | |
1617 | |
1618 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1619 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1620 nevertheless. */ | |
1621 | |
1622 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1623 window W. */ | |
1624 | |
1625 static void | |
1626 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1627 struct window *w; |
1628 { | |
25012 | 1629 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1630 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1631 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1632 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1633 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1634 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1635 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1636 |
25012 | 1637 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1638 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1639 return; | |
1640 | |
1641 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1642 | |
1643 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1644 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1645 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1646 { | |
1647 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1648 | |
1649 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1650 last_text_row = row; | |
1651 | |
1652 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1653 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1654 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1655 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1656 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->start.pos))); |
25012 | 1657 |
1658 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1659 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1660 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1661 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1662 { |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1663 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1664 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1665 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1666 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->end.pos))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1667 } |
25012 | 1668 |
1669 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1670 of next row. */ | |
1671 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1672 { | |
1673 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1674 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1675 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1676 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1677 xassert (CHARPOS (row->end.pos) == CHARPOS (next->start.pos)); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1678 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) == BYTEPOS (next->start.pos)); |
25012 | 1679 } |
1680 row = next; | |
1681 } | |
1682 | |
1683 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1684 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1685 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1686 } | |
1687 | |
1688 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1689 | |
1690 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1691 | |
1692 | |
1693 | |
1694 /********************************************************************** | |
1695 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1696 **********************************************************************/ | |
1697 | |
1698 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1699 redisplay | |
1700 | |
1701 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1702 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1703 allocated. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero means that the caller of this |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1704 function is only interested in the result matrix dimension, and |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1705 matrix adjustments should not be performed. |
25012 | 1706 |
1707 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1708 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1709 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1710 | |
1711 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1712 | |
1713 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1714 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1715 | |
1716 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1717 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1718 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1719 |
1720 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1721 function. | |
1722 | |
1723 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1724 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1725 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1726 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1727 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1728 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1729 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1730 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1731 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1732 | |
1733 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1734 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1735 necessary. | |
1736 | |
1737 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1738 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1739 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1740 windows in the sequence. | |
1741 | |
1742 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1743 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1744 | | | | | | |
1745 | | | | | |
1746 +---------+ | | result height | |
1747 | +---------+ | |
1748 | | | | |
1749 +----------+ --- | |
1750 | |
1751 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1752 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1753 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1754 | |
1755 |<---- result width -->| | |
1756 +---------+ --- | |
1757 | | | | |
1758 | | | | |
1759 +---------+--+ | | |
1760 | | | | |
1761 | | result height | |
1762 | | | |
1763 +------------+---------+ | | |
1764 | | | | |
1765 | | | | |
1766 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1767 | |
1768 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1769 allocated. */ | |
1770 | |
1771 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1772 | |
1773 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1774 size. */ | |
1775 | |
1776 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1777 | |
1778 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1779 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1780 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1781 Lisp_Object window; |
1782 int x, y; | |
1783 int dim_only_p; | |
1784 int *window_change_flags; | |
1785 { | |
1786 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1787 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1788 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1789 struct dim total; | |
1790 struct dim dim; | |
1791 struct window *w; | |
1792 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1793 | |
1794 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1795 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1796 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1797 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1798 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1799 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1800 in_horz_combination_p | |
1801 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1802 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1803 | |
1804 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1805 do |
25012 | 1806 { |
1807 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1808 | |
1809 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1810 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1811 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1812 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1813 dim_only_p, |
1814 window_change_flags); | |
1815 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1816 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1817 dim_only_p, |
1818 window_change_flags); | |
1819 else | |
1820 { | |
1821 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1822 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1823 { | |
1824 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1825 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1826 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1827 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1828 |
25012 | 1829 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1830 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1831 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1832 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1833 |
1834 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1835 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1836 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1837 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1838 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1839 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1840 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1841 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1842 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1843 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1844 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1845 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1846 | |
1847 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1848 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1849 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1850 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1851 necessary. */ | |
1852 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1853 { | |
1854 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1855 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1856 } | |
1857 } | |
1858 | |
1859 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1860 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1861 below W. */ | |
1862 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1863 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1864 else |
25012 | 1865 y += dim.height; |
1866 | |
1867 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1868 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1869 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1870 | |
1871 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1872 window = w->next; | |
1873 } | |
1874 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1875 | |
1876 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1877 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1878 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1879 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1880 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1881 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1882 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1883 { | |
1884 total.width = x - x0; | |
1885 total.height = hmax; | |
1886 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1887 else |
25012 | 1888 { |
1889 total.width = wmax; | |
1890 total.height = y - y0; | |
1891 } | |
1892 | |
1893 return total; | |
1894 } | |
1895 | |
1896 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1897 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1898 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1899 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1900 required_matrix_height (struct window *w) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1901 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1902 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1903 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1904 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1905 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1906 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1907 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
85252 | 1908 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + eabs (w->vscroll); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1909 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1910 / ch_height) * w->nrows_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1911 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1912 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1913 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1914 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1915 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1916 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1917 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1918 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1919 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1920 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1921 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1922 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1923 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1924 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1925 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1926 required_matrix_width (struct window *w) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1927 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1928 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1929 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1930 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1931 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1932 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1933 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1934 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1935 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1936 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1937 / ch_width) * w->ncols_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1938 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1939 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1940 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1941 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1942 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1943 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1944 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1945 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1946 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1947 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1948 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1949 |
25012 | 1950 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1951 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1952 |
25012 | 1953 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1954 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (struct window *w) |
25012 | 1955 { |
1956 while (w) | |
314 | 1957 { |
25012 | 1958 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1959 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 1960 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1961 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 1962 else |
314 | 1963 { |
25012 | 1964 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
1965 struct dim dim; | |
1966 | |
1967 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
1968 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 1969 { |
25012 | 1970 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
1971 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 1972 } |
25012 | 1973 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1974 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1975 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1976 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
1977 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
1978 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
25012 | 1980 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
1981 } | |
1982 } | |
1983 | |
1984 | |
1985 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
1986 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
1987 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
1988 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
1989 | |
1990 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1991 adjust_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 1992 { |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1993 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1994 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1995 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1996 |
25012 | 1997 if (f) |
1998 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
1999 else | |
2000 { | |
2001 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2002 |
25012 | 2003 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
2004 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2005 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2006 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2007 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2008 } |
2009 | |
2010 | |
2011 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2012 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2013 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2014 |
25012 | 2015 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
2016 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2017 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2018 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2019 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2020 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2021 | |
2022 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2023 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (void) |
25012 | 2024 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2025 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2026 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2027 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2028 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2029 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2030 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2031 |
2032 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2033 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2034 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2035 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2036 |
2037 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2038 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2039 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2040 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2041 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2042 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2043 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2044 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2045 |
25012 | 2046 |
2047 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2048 | |
2049 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2050 adjust_frame_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2051 { |
2052 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2053 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2054 else | |
2055 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2056 |
25012 | 2057 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2058 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2059 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2060 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2061 | |
2062 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2063 } | |
2064 | |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2065 /* Return 1 if any window in the tree has nonzero window margins. See |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2066 the hack at the end of adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay. */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2067 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2068 showing_window_margins_p (struct window *w) |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2069 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2070 while (w) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2071 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2072 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2073 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2074 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->hchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2075 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2076 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2077 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2078 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2079 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->vchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2080 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2081 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2082 else if (!NILP (w->left_margin_cols) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2083 || !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2084 return 1; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2086 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2087 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2088 return 0; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2089 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2090 |
25012 | 2091 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2092 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2093 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2094 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2095 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2096 fake_current_matrices (Lisp_Object window) |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2097 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2098 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2099 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2100 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2101 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2102 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2103 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2104 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2105 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2106 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2107 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2108 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2109 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2110 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2111 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2112 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2113 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2115 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2116 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2117 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2118 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2119 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2120 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2121 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2122 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2123 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2124 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2125 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2126 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2127 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2128 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2129 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2130 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2131 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2132 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2133 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2134 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2135 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2136 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2137 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2138 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2139 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2140 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2142 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2143 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2144 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2145 static struct glyph_matrix * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2146 save_current_matrix (struct frame *f) |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2147 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2148 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2149 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2150 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2151 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2152 memset (saved, 0, sizeof *saved); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2153 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2154 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2155 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2156 memset (saved->rows, 0, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2157 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2158 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2159 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2160 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2161 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2162 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2163 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2164 memcpy (to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2165 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2166 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2168 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2169 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2171 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2172 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2173 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2175 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2176 restore_current_matrix (struct frame *f, struct glyph_matrix *saved) |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2177 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2178 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2180 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2181 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2182 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2183 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2184 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2185 memcpy (to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2186 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2187 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2188 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2189 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2190 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2191 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2192 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2193 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2195 |
25012 | 2196 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2197 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2198 | |
2199 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2200 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2201 { |
2202 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2203 int pool_changed_p; | |
2204 int window_change_flags; | |
2205 int top_window_y; | |
2206 | |
2207 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2208 return; | |
2209 | |
2210 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2211 | |
2212 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2213 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2214 { | |
2215 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2216 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2217 } | |
2218 | |
2219 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2220 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2221 { | |
2222 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2223 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2224 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2225 |
25012 | 2226 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2227 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2228 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2229 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2230 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2231 matrix. */ | |
2232 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2233 matrix_dim | |
2234 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2235 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2236 1, |
25012 | 2237 &window_change_flags); |
2238 | |
2239 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2240 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2241 | |
2242 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2243 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2244 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2245 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2246 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2247 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2248 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2249 { | |
2250 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2251 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2252 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2253 &window_change_flags); |
2254 | |
2255 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2256 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2257 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2258 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2259 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2260 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2261 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2262 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2263 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2264 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2265 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2266 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2267 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2268 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2269 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2270 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2271 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2272 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2273 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2274 /* For some reason, the frame glyph matrix gets corrupted if |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2275 any of the windows contain margins. I haven't been able |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2276 to hunt down the reason, but for the moment this prevents |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2277 the problem from manifesting. -- cyd */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2278 && !showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)))) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2279 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2280 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2281 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2282 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2283 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2284 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2285 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2286 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2287 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2288 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2289 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2290 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2291 } |
25012 | 2292 } |
2293 } | |
2294 | |
2295 | |
2296 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2297 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2298 | |
2299 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2300 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2301 { |
2302 struct window *w; | |
2303 | |
2304 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2305 |
25012 | 2306 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2307 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2308 |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
2309 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
25012 | 2310 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display |
2311 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2312 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2313 { |
2314 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2315 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2316 { | |
2317 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2318 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2319 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2320 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2321 } | |
2322 else | |
2323 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2324 | |
2325 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2326 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2327 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2328 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2329 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2330 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2331 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2332 } |
73402
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2333 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */ |
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2334 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
25012 | 2335 |
49322 | 2336 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2337 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2338 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2339 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2340 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2341 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2342 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2343 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2344 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2345 } | |
2346 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2347 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2348 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2349 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2350 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2351 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2352 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2353 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2354 #endif |
25012 | 2355 } |
2356 | |
2357 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2358 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2359 |
2360 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2361 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2362 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2363 | |
2364 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2365 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2366 | |
2367 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2368 adjust_frame_message_buffer (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2369 { |
2370 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2371 | |
2372 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2373 { | |
2374 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2375 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2376 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2377 } | |
2378 else | |
2379 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2380 } | |
2381 | |
2382 | |
2383 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2384 | |
2385 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2386 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2387 { |
2388 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2389 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2390 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2391 } | |
2392 | |
2393 | |
2394 | |
2395 /********************************************************************** | |
2396 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2397 **********************************************************************/ | |
2398 | |
2399 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2400 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2401 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2402 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2403 | |
2404 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2405 free_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2406 { |
2407 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2408 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2409 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2410 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2411 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2412 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2413 |
25012 | 2414 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2415 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2416 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2417 | |
2418 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2419 glyph matrices. */ | |
2420 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2421 { | |
2422 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2423 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2424 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2425 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2426 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2427 } | |
2428 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2429 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2430 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2431 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2432 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2433 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2434 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2435 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2436 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2437 } |
2438 | |
2439 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2440 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2441 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2442 { | |
2443 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2444 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2445 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2446 } | |
2447 | |
2448 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2449 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2450 { | |
2451 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2452 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2453 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2454 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2455 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2456 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2457 } |
2458 } | |
2459 | |
25012 | 2460 |
2461 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2462 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2463 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2464 | |
2465 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2466 free_window_matrices (struct window *w) |
25012 | 2467 { |
2468 while (w) | |
2469 { | |
2470 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2471 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2472 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2473 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2474 else |
25012 | 2475 { |
2476 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2477 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2478 W. */ | |
2479 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2480 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2481 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2482 } | |
2483 | |
2484 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2485 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2486 } | |
2487 } | |
2488 | |
2489 | |
2490 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2491 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2492 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2493 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2494 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2495 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2496 check_glyph_memory (void) |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2497 { |
25012 | 2498 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2499 | |
2500 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2501 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2502 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2503 | |
2504 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2505 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2506 abort (); | |
2507 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2508 abort (); | |
2509 } | |
2510 | |
2511 | |
2512 | |
2513 /********************************************************************** | |
2514 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2515 **********************************************************************/ | |
2516 | |
2517 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2518 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2519 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2520 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2521 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2522 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2523 window matrices in this section. | |
2524 | |
2525 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2526 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2527 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2528 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2529 | |
2530 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2531 | desired | desired | | |
2532 | | | | |
2533 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2534 | current | | |
2535 | | | |
2536 +----------------------------------+ | |
2537 | |
2538 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2539 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2540 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2541 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2542 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2543 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2544 | |
2545 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2546 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2547 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2548 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2549 |
25012 | 2550 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2551 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2552 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2553 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2554 | |
2555 This problem is solved like this: | |
2556 | |
2557 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2558 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2559 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2560 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2561 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2562 |
25012 | 2563 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2564 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2565 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2566 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2567 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2568 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2569 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2570 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2571 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2572 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2573 | |
2574 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2575 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2576 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2577 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2578 | |
2579 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2580 build_frame_matrix (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2581 { |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2582 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2583 |
25012 | 2584 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2585 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2586 |
25012 | 2587 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2588 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2589 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2590 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2591 | |
2592 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2593 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2594 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2595 } | |
2596 | |
2597 | |
2598 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2599 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2600 | |
2601 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2602 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, struct window *w) |
25012 | 2603 { |
2604 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2605 { |
25012 | 2606 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2607 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2608 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2609 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2610 else | |
2611 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2612 | |
2613 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2614 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2615 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2616 |
25012 | 2617 |
2618 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2619 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2620 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2621 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2622 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2623 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2624 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2625 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2626 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2627 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2628 | |
2629 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2630 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix, struct window *w) |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2631 { |
25012 | 2632 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2633 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2634 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2635 GLYPH right_border_glyph; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2636 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2637 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, 0); |
25012 | 2638 |
2639 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2640 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2641 { | |
2642 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2643 | |
2644 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2645 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2646 { | |
2647 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2648 Lisp_Object gc; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2649 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2650 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, '|'); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2651 if (dp |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2652 && (gc = DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2653 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2654 { |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2655 SET_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH_CODE (right_border_glyph, gc); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2656 spec_glyph_lookup_face (w, &right_border_glyph); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2657 } |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2658 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2659 if (GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph) <= 0) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2660 SET_GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID); |
25012 | 2661 } |
2662 } | |
2663 else | |
2664 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2665 | |
2666 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2667 frame matrix. */ | |
2668 window_y = 0; | |
2669 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2670 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2671 { |
25012 | 2672 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2673 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2674 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2675 |
2676 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2677 window row. */ | |
2678 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2679 | |
2680 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2681 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2683 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2684 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2685 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2686 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2687 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2688 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2689 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2690 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2691 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2692 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2693 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2694 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2695 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2696 memcpy (frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2697 window_row->glyphs[0], |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2698 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
25012 | 2699 } |
2700 else | |
2701 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2702 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2703 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2704 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2705 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2706 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2707 |
25012 | 2708 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2709 windows. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2710 if (GLYPH_CHAR (right_border_glyph) != 0) |
25012 | 2711 { |
2712 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2713 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2714 } | |
2715 | |
59902
4a0a167cb6c4
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59879
diff
changeset
|
2716 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2717 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2718 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2719 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2720 |
25012 | 2721 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2722 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2723 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2724 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2725 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2726 #endif |
25012 | 2727 } |
2728 | |
2729 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2730 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2731 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2732 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2733 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2734 | |
2735 /* Next row. */ | |
2736 ++window_y; | |
2737 ++frame_y; | |
2738 } | |
2739 } | |
2740 | |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2741 /* Given a user-specified glyph, possibly including a Lisp-level face |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2742 ID, return a glyph that has a realized face ID. |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2743 This is used for glyphs displayed specially and not part of the text; |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2744 for instance, vertical separators, truncation markers, etc. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2745 |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2746 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2747 spec_glyph_lookup_face (struct window *w, GLYPH *glyph) |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2748 { |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2749 int lface_id = GLYPH_FACE (*glyph); |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2750 /* Convert the glyph's specified face to a realized (cache) face. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2751 if (lface_id > 0) |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2752 { |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2753 int face_id = merge_faces (XFRAME (w->frame), |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2754 Qt, lface_id, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2755 SET_GLYPH_FACE (*glyph, face_id); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2756 } |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2757 } |
25012 | 2758 |
2759 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2760 | |
2761 Each row has the form: | |
2762 | |
2763 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2764 | left | text | right | | |
2765 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2766 | |
2767 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2768 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2769 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2770 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2771 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2772 | |
2773 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2774 | |
2775 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2776 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 2777 { |
2778 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2779 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2780 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2781 } | |
2782 | |
2783 | |
2784 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2785 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2786 | |
2787 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2788 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row, int area) |
25012 | 2789 { |
2790 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2791 { | |
2792 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2793 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2794 | |
2795 while (text < end) | |
2796 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2797 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2798 } | |
2799 } | |
2800 | |
2801 | |
2802 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2803 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2804 | |
2805 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2806 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row, int upto) |
25012 | 2807 { |
2808 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2809 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2810 |
25012 | 2811 while (i < upto) |
2812 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2813 | |
2814 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2815 } | |
2816 | |
2817 | |
2818 | |
2819 /********************************************************************** | |
2820 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2821 **********************************************************************/ | |
2822 | |
2823 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2824 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2825 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2826 | |
2827 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2828 set_frame_matrix_frame (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2829 { |
2830 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2831 } | |
2832 | |
2833 | |
2834 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2835 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2836 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2837 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2838 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2839 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2840 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2841 | |
2842 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2843 make_current (struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix, int row) |
25012 | 2844 { |
2845 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2846 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2847 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2848 |
2849 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2850 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2851 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2852 | |
2853 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2854 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2855 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2856 |
2857 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2858 for window matrices. */ | |
2859 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2860 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2861 } | |
2862 | |
2863 | |
2864 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2865 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2866 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2867 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2868 | |
2869 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2870 mirror_make_current (struct window *w, int frame_row) |
25012 | 2871 { |
2872 while (w) | |
2873 { | |
2874 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2875 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2876 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2877 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2878 else | |
2879 { | |
2880 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2881 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2882 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2883 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2884 | |
2885 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2886 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2887 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2888 { |
25012 | 2889 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2890 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2891 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2892 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2893 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2894 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2895 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2896 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2897 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2898 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2899 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2900 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
25012 | 2902 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2903 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2904 } |
25012 | 2905 |
2906 | |
2907 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2908 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2909 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2910 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2911 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2912 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2913 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2914 | |
2915 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2916 |
25012 | 2917 void |
2918 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2919 retained_p) | |
2920 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2921 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2922 int *copy_from; | |
2923 char *retained_p; | |
2924 { | |
2925 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2926 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2927 | |
2928 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2929 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2930 |
25012 | 2931 int i; |
2932 | |
2933 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2934 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2935 memcpy (old_rows, new_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); |
25012 | 2936 |
2937 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2938 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2939 { | |
2940 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2941 | |
2942 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2943 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2944 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2945 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2946 | |
2947 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2948 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2949 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2950 } | |
2951 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2952 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 2953 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
2954 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2955 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2956 } | |
2957 | |
2958 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2959 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2960 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2961 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2962 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2963 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (struct window *w) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2964 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2965 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2966 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
2967 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2968 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2969 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2970 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2971 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2972 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2973 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2974 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2975 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2976 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2977 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2978 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2979 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2980 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2981 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2982 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2983 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2984 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2985 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2986 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2987 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2988 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2989 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2990 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2991 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2992 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2993 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2994 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2995 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2996 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2997 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2998 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2999 struct window * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3000 frame_row_to_window (struct window *w, int row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3001 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3003 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3004 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3005 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3006 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3007 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3008 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3009 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3010 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3011 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3012 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3013 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3014 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3015 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3017 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3018 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3019 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3020 |
25012 | 3021 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3022 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3023 | |
3024 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3025 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3026 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3027 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3028 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3029 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3030 which is empty. */ | |
3031 | |
3032 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3033 mirror_line_dance (struct window *w, int unchanged_at_top, int nlines, int *copy_from, char *retained_p) |
25012 | 3034 { |
3035 while (w) | |
3036 { | |
3037 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3038 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3039 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3040 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3041 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3042 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3043 else | |
3044 { | |
3045 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3046 matrix m. */ | |
3047 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3048 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3049 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3050 | |
3051 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3052 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
3053 memcpy (old_rows, m->rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); |
25012 | 3054 |
3055 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3056 { | |
3057 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3058 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3059 |
25012 | 3060 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3061 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3062 |
25012 | 3063 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3064 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3065 |
25012 | 3066 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3067 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3068 |
25012 | 3069 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3070 int from_inside_window_p | |
3071 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3072 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3073 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3074 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3075 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3076 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3077 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3078 { |
3079 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3080 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3081 |
25012 | 3082 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3083 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3084 that. */ | |
3085 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3086 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3087 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3088 |
25012 | 3089 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3090 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3091 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3092 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3093 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3094 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3095 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3096 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3097 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3098 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3099 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3100 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3101 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3102 |
60684
18bf961ed63a
(mirror_line_dance): Set W2 according to FRAME_FROM.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59905
diff
changeset
|
3103 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_from); |
61416
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3104 /* ttn@surf.glug.org: when enabling menu bar using `emacs |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3105 -nw', FROM_FRAME sometimes has no associated window. |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3106 This check avoids a segfault if W2 is null. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3107 if (w2) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3108 { |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3109 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3110 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3111 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3112 m2->rows + m2_from); |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3113 |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3114 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3115 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3116 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3117 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3118 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3119 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3120 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3121 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3122 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3123 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3124 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3125 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3126 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3127 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3128 |
25012 | 3129 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3130 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3131 } | |
3132 | |
3133 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3134 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3135 } | |
3136 } | |
3137 | |
3138 | |
3139 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3140 | |
3141 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3142 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3143 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3144 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3145 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3146 |
21514 | 3147 void |
25012 | 3148 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3149 struct window *w; |
3150 { | |
25012 | 3151 while (w) |
3152 { | |
3153 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3154 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3155 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3156 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3157 else | |
3158 { | |
3159 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3160 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3161 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3162 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3163 |
25012 | 3164 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3165 } | |
3166 } | |
3167 | |
3168 | |
3169 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3170 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3171 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3172 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3173 | |
3174 static void | |
3175 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3176 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3177 { | |
3178 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3179 int i = 0; | |
3180 | |
3181 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3182 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3183 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3184 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3185 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3186 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3187 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3188 { | |
3189 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3190 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3191 abort (); | |
3192 ++i, ++j; | |
3193 } | |
3194 } | |
3195 | |
3196 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3197 | |
3198 | |
3199 | |
3200 /********************************************************************** | |
3201 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3202 **********************************************************************/ | |
3203 | |
3204 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3205 | |
3206 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3207 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3208 | |
3209 static int | |
3210 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3211 struct window *w; | |
3212 int vpos; | |
3213 { | |
3214 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3215 |
25012 | 3216 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3217 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3218 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3219 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3220 return vpos; |
3221 } | |
3222 | |
3223 | |
3224 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3225 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3226 |
3227 static int | |
3228 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3229 struct window *w; | |
3230 int hpos; | |
3231 { | |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3232 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3233 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3234 return hpos; |
314 | 3235 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3236 |
25012 | 3237 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3238 | |
3239 | |
314 | 3240 |
25012 | 3241 /********************************************************************** |
3242 Redrawing Frames | |
3243 **********************************************************************/ | |
3244 | |
3245 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3246 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
3247 (Lisp_Object frame) |
25012 | 3248 { |
3249 struct frame *f; | |
3250 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3251 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3252 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3253 | |
3254 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3255 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3256 called so early here). */ | |
3257 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3258 return Qnil; | |
3259 | |
3260 update_begin (f); | |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3261 #ifdef MSDOS |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3262 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
97646
fab72f02d115
(init_display): Remove MS-DOS specific conditions for calling
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97142
diff
changeset
|
3263 FRAME_TERMINAL (f)->set_terminal_modes_hook (FRAME_TERMINAL (f)); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3264 #endif |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
3265 clear_frame (f); |
25012 | 3266 clear_current_matrices (f); |
3267 update_end (f); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3268 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3269 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
25012 | 3270 windows_or_buffers_changed++; |
3271 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3272 its redisplay done. */ | |
3273 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3274 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3275 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3276 return Qnil; | |
3277 } | |
3278 | |
3279 | |
3280 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3281 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3282 | |
3283 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3284 redraw_frame (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 3285 { |
3286 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3287 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3288 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3289 } | |
3290 | |
3291 | |
3292 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3293 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
3294 (void) |
25012 | 3295 { |
3296 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3297 | |
3298 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3299 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3300 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3301 | |
3302 return Qnil; | |
3303 } | |
3304 | |
3305 | |
3306 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3307 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3308 | |
3309 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3310 redraw_garbaged_frames (void) |
25012 | 3311 { |
3312 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3313 | |
3314 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3315 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3316 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3317 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3318 } | |
3319 | |
3320 | |
3321 | |
3322 /*********************************************************************** | |
3323 Frame Update | |
3324 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3325 | |
3326 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3327 | |
3328 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3329 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3330 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3331 |
25012 | 3332 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3333 |
3334 int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3335 update_frame (struct frame *f, int force_p, int inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
25012 | 3336 { |
3337 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3338 int paused_p; | |
3339 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3340 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3341 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3342 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3343 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3344 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3345 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3346 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3347 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3348 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3349 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3350 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3351 |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3352 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3353 { |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3354 paused_p = 1; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3355 goto do_pause; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3356 } |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3357 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3358 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3359 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3360 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3361 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3362 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3363 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3364 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3365 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3366 |
25012 | 3367 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
3368 { | |
3369 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3370 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3371 | |
3372 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3373 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3374 | |
3375 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3376 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3377 update_begin (f); | |
3378 | |
3379 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3380 support. */ | |
3381 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3382 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3383 | |
3384 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3385 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3386 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3387 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3388 |
3389 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3390 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3391 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3392 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3393 |
25012 | 3394 update_window (w, 1); |
3395 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3396 | |
3397 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3398 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3399 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3400 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3401 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3402 } |
3403 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3404 |
25012 | 3405 |
3406 /* Update windows. */ | |
3407 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3408 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3409 |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3410 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
83037 | 3411 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway (in general). |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3412 It is necessary when resizing the window with the mouse, or |
83037 | 3413 at least the fringes are not redrawn in a timely manner. ++kfs */ |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3414 if (f->force_flush_display_p) |
83037 | 3415 { |
3416 FRAME_RIF (f)->flush_display (f); | |
3417 f->force_flush_display_p = 0; | |
3418 } | |
25012 | 3419 } |
3420 else | |
3421 { | |
3422 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3423 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3424 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3425 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3426 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3427 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3428 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3429 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3430 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3431 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3432 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3433 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3434 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3435 { |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3436 if (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript) |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3437 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript); |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3438 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3439 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3440 } |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3441 |
25012 | 3442 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3443 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3444 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3445 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3446 #endif |
25012 | 3447 } |
3448 | |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3449 do_pause: |
25012 | 3450 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ |
3451 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3452 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3453 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3454 return paused_p; |
3455 } | |
3456 | |
3457 | |
3458 | |
3459 /************************************************************************ | |
3460 Window-based updates | |
3461 ************************************************************************/ | |
3462 | |
3463 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3464 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3465 | |
3466 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3467 update_window_tree (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3468 { |
3469 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3470 |
25012 | 3471 while (w && !paused_p) |
3472 { | |
3473 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3474 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3475 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3476 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3477 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3478 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3479 | |
3480 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3481 } | |
3482 | |
3483 return paused_p; | |
3484 } | |
3485 | |
3486 | |
3487 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3488 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3489 | |
3490 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3491 update_single_window (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3492 { |
3493 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3494 { | |
3495 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3496 | |
3497 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3498 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3499 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3500 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3501 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3502 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3503 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3504 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3505 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3506 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3507 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3508 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3509 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3510 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3511 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3512 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3513 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3514 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3515 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3516 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3517 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3518 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3519 |
25012 | 3520 /* Update W. */ |
3521 update_begin (f); | |
3522 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3523 update_end (f); | |
3524 | |
3525 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3526 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3527 } | |
3528 } | |
3529 | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3530 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
25012 | 3531 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3532 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3533 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3534 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3535 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3536 redraw_overlapped_rows (struct window *w, int yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3537 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3538 int i; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3539 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3540 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3541 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3542 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3543 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3544 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3545 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3546 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3547 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3548 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3549 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3550 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3551 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3552 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3553 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3554 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3555 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3556 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3557 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3558 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3559 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3560 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3561 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3562 updated_area = area; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3563 FRAME_RIF (f)->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3564 area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3565 if (row->used[area]) |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3566 FRAME_RIF (f)->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3567 row->used[area]); |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3568 FRAME_RIF (f)->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3569 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3570 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3571 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3572 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3573 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3574 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3575 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3576 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3577 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3578 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3579 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3580 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3581 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3582 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3583 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3584 redraw_overlapping_rows (struct window *w, int yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3585 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3586 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3587 struct glyph_row *row; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3588 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3589 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3590 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3591 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3592 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3593 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3594 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3595 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3596 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3597 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3598 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3599 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3600 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3601 if (row->overlapping_p) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3602 { |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3603 int overlaps = 0; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3604 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3605 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row) && i > 0 |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3606 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3607 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_PRED; |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3608 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row) && bottom_y < yb |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3609 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3610 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_SUCC; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3611 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3612 if (overlaps) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3613 { |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3614 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3615 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3616 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3617 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3618 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3620 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3621 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3622 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3623 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3624 their display. */ |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3625 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_PRED) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3626 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3627 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_SUCC) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3628 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3629 } |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3630 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3631 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3632 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3633 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3634 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3635 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3636 |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3637 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3638 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3639 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3640 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3641 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3642 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3643 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3644 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3645 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3646 check_current_matrix_flags (struct window *w) |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3647 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3648 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3649 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3650 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3651 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3652 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3653 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3654 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3655 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3656 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3657 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3658 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3659 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3660 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3661 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3662 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3663 |
25012 | 3664 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
3665 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
3666 | |
3667 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3668 update_window (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3669 { |
3670 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
3671 int paused_p; | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3672 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
25012 | 3673 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3674 #endif |
25012 | 3675 extern int input_pending; |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3676 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
83241
3dcba0bc766b
Merged in changes from CVS trunk. (Long time no see!) :-)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
diff
changeset
|
3677 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3678 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 3679 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3680 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)))); |
59879
aaf00c303308
* dispnew.c (update_window): Fixing compile error due to
Steven Tamm <steventamm@mac.com>
parents:
59592
diff
changeset
|
3681 #endif |
25012 | 3682 |
3683 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3684 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3685 if (!force_p) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3686 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3687 #endif |
25012 | 3688 |
3689 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
3690 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3691 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 3692 { |
3693 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
3694 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3695 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3696 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 3697 |
3698 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3699 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
3700 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3701 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3702 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 3703 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
3704 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
25012 | 3706 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3707 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3708 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3709 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3710 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3711 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3712 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 3713 |
3714 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
3715 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
3716 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
3717 { | |
3718 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
3719 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3720 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3721 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3722 } |
3723 | |
3724 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
3725 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
3726 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
3727 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
3728 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3729 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
3730 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 3731 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3732 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3733 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3734 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3735 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3736 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3737 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3738 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3739 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3740 else if (rc > 0) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3741 { |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3742 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3743 force_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3744 changed_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3745 } |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3746 } |
25012 | 3747 |
3748 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3749 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
3750 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 3751 { |
3752 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
3753 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3754 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3755 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 3756 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
3757 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
3758 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3759 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3760 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3761 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3762 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3763 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3764 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3765 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3766 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3767 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3768 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3769 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3770 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3771 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3772 #else |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3773 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3774 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3775 #endif |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3776 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3777 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3778 |
3779 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
3780 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
3781 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
3782 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
3783 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
3784 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
3785 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
3786 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
3787 in the first redisplay. */ | |
3788 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
3789 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
3790 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
3791 } | |
3792 | |
3793 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
3794 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3795 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3796 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3797 |
54176
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3798 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3799 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3800 that can be scrolled. */ |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3801 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3802 { |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3803 header_line_row->y = 0; |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3804 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3805 } |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3806 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3807 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 3808 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
3809 { | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3810 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3811 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3812 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3813 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3814 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3815 } |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3816 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3817 |
25012 | 3818 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
3819 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
3820 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3821 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3822 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 3823 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
3824 #endif | |
3825 } | |
3826 | |
3827 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3828 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
3829 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
3830 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3831 |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3832 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3833 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3834 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3835 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3836 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3837 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3838 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3839 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3840 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3841 } |
3842 else | |
3843 paused_p = 1; | |
3844 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3845 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
3846 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3847 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3848 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3849 |
25012 | 3850 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3851 |
25012 | 3852 return paused_p; |
3853 } | |
3854 | |
3855 | |
3856 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
3857 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
3858 | |
3859 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3860 update_marginal_area (struct window *w, int area, int vpos) |
25012 | 3861 { |
3862 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3863 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 3864 |
3865 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3866 will be relative to. */ | |
3867 updated_area = area; | |
3868 | |
3869 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
3870 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
3871 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
3872 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
3873 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
3874 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
3875 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
3876 } | |
3877 | |
3878 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3879 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3880 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3881 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3882 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3883 update_text_area (struct window *w, int vpos) |
314 | 3884 { |
25012 | 3885 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
3886 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3887 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3888 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 3889 |
3890 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3891 will be relative to. */ | |
3892 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3893 |
25012 | 3894 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
3895 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
3896 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
3897 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
3898 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3899 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3900 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 3901 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3902 || current_row->overlapped_p |
75371
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3903 /* This next line is necessary for correctly redrawing |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3904 mouse-face areas after scrolling and other operations. |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3905 However, it causes excessive flickering when mouse is moved |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3906 across the mode line. Luckily, turning it off for the mode |
76069
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3907 line doesn't seem to hurt anything. -- cyd. |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3908 But it is still needed for the header line. -- kfs. */ |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3909 || (current_row->mouse_face_p |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3910 && !(current_row->mode_line_p && vpos > 0)) |
25012 | 3911 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
3912 { | |
3913 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3914 |
25012 | 3915 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3916 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
3917 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3918 |
25012 | 3919 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
3920 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3922 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3923 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3924 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3925 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3926 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3927 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3928 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3929 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3930 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3931 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 3932 } |
3933 else | |
3934 { | |
3935 int stop, i, x; | |
3936 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3937 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3938 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3939 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3940 int abort_skipping = 0; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3941 |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3942 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, and |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3943 unless the current row also does so at the same position, |
25012 | 3944 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face |
3945 extension actually takes place. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3946 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3947 && (desired_stop_pos < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3948 || (desired_stop_pos == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3949 && !MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)))) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3950 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
25012 | 3952 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
3953 i = 0; | |
3954 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3955 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3956 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3957 in common. */ |
25012 | 3958 while (i < stop) |
3959 { | |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3960 int can_skip_p = !abort_skipping; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3961 |
25012 | 3962 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3963 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3964 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3965 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3966 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3967 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3968 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3969 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3970 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 3971 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3972 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3973 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3974 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3975 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3976 &left, &right); |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3977 can_skip_p = (right == 0 && !abort_skipping); |
25012 | 3978 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3979 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3980 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 3981 { |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3982 int start_hpos = i; |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3983 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3984 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3985 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3986 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3987 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3988 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3989 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3990 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3991 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3992 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3993 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3994 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3995 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3996 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3997 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3998 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3999 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4000 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4001 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4002 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4003 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4004 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4005 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4006 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4007 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4008 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4009 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4010 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4011 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4012 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4013 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4014 } |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4015 |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4016 /* Abort the skipping algorithm if we end up before |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4017 our starting point, to avoid looping (bug#1070). |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4018 This can happen when the lbearing is larger than |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4019 the pixel width. */ |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4020 abort_skipping = (i < start_hpos); |
25012 | 4021 } |
4022 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4023 |
25012 | 4024 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4025 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4026 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4027 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4028 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4029 { | |
4030 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4031 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4032 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4033 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4034 |
25012 | 4035 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4036 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4037 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4038 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4039 && x == current_x) |
4040 { | |
4041 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4042 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4043 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4044 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4045 } |
4046 | |
4047 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4048 { | |
4049 i = start_hpos; | |
4050 x = start_x; | |
4051 desired_glyph = start; | |
4052 break; | |
4053 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4054 |
25012 | 4055 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4056 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4057 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4058 } |
4059 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4060 |
25012 | 4061 /* Write the rest. */ |
4062 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4063 { | |
4064 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4065 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4066 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4067 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4068 |
25012 | 4069 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4070 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4071 { | |
4072 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4073 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4074 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4075 appropriately above. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4076 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4077 || ((desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4078 == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4079 && MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row))); |
25012 | 4080 } |
4081 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4082 { | |
4083 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4084 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4085 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4086 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4087 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4088 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4089 } |
4090 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4091 { | |
4092 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4093 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4094 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4095 |
25012 | 4096 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4097 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4098 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4099 |
4100 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4101 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4102 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4103 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4104 this way. */ | |
4105 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4106 && (desired_row->reversed_p |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4107 ? (w->phys_cursor.hpos < 0) |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4108 : (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]))) |
25012 | 4109 { |
4110 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4111 x = -1; | |
4112 } | |
4113 else | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4114 x = current_row->pixel_width; |
25012 | 4115 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4116 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4117 } |
4118 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4119 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4120 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4121 } |
4122 | |
4123 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4124 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4125 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4126 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4127 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4128 update_window_line (struct window *w, int vpos, int *mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4129 { |
4130 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4131 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4132 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4133 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4134 |
4135 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4136 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4137 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4138 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4139 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4140 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4141 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4142 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4143 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4144 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4145 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4146 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4147 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4148 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4149 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4150 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4151 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4152 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4153 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4154 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4155 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4156 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4157 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4158 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4159 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4160 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4161 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4162 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4163 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4164 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4165 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4166 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4167 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4168 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4169 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4170 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4171 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4172 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4173 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4174 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4175 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4176 || desired_row->cursor_in_fringe_p != current_row->cursor_in_fringe_p |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4177 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap != current_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4178 || current_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4179 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4180 || desired_row->exact_window_width_line_p != current_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4181 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4182 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4183 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4184 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4185 |
25012 | 4186 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4187 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4188 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4189 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4190 } |
4191 | |
4192 | |
4193 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4194 be called from update_window. */ | |
4195 | |
4196 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4197 set_window_cursor_after_update (struct window *w) |
25012 | 4198 { |
4199 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4200 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (f); |
25012 | 4201 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; |
4202 | |
4203 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4204 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4205 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4206 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4207 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4208 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4209 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4210 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4211 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4212 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4213 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4214 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4215 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4216 { | |
4217 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4218 | |
4219 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4220 { | |
4221 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4222 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4223 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4224 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4225 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4226 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4227 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4228 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4229 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4230 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4231 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4232 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4233 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4234 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4235 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4236 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4237 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4238 ++row; |
25012 | 4239 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4240 |
25012 | 4241 if (last_row) |
4242 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4243 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4244 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4245 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4246 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4247 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4248 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4249 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4250 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4251 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4252 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4253 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4254 |
25012 | 4255 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4256 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4257 } |
4258 } | |
4259 } | |
4260 else | |
4261 { | |
4262 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4263 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4264 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4265 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4266 } | |
4267 | |
4268 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4269 hpos = max (-1, hpos); /* -1 is for when cursor is on the left fringe */ |
25012 | 4270 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); |
4271 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4272 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4273 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4274 } | |
4275 | |
4276 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4277 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4278 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4279 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4280 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4281 set_window_update_flags (struct window *w, int on_p) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4282 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4283 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4284 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4285 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4286 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4287 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4288 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4289 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4290 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4291 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4292 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4293 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4294 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4295 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4296 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4297 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4298 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4299 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4300 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4301 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4302 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4303 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4304 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4305 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4306 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4307 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4308 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4309 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4310 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4311 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4312 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4313 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4314 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4315 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4316 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4317 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4318 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4319 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4320 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4321 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4322 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4323 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4324 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4325 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4326 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4327 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4328 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4329 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4330 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4331 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4332 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4333 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4334 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4335 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4336 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4337 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4338 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4339 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4340 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4341 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4342 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4343 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4344 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4345 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4346 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4347 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4348 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4349 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4350 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4351 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4352 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4353 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4354 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4355 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4356 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4357 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4358 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4359 add_row_entry (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4360 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4361 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4362 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4363 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4364 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4365 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4366 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4367 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4368 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4369 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4370 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4371 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4372 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4373 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4374 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4375 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4376 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4377 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4378 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4379 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4380 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4381 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4382 |
25012 | 4383 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4384 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4385 |
4386 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4387 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4388 O(N) time. | |
4389 | |
4390 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4391 | |
4392 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4393 | |
4394 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4395 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4396 | |
4397 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4398 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4399 | |
4400 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4401 forward and backward. | |
4402 | |
4403 Value is | |
4404 | |
4405 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4406 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4407 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4408 | |
4409 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4410 scrolling_window (struct window *w, int header_line_p) |
25012 | 4411 { |
4412 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4413 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4414 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4415 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4416 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4417 struct row_entry *entry; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4418 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4419 |
4420 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4421 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4422 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4423 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4424 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4425 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4426 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4427 && d->enabled_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4428 && !d->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4429 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4430 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4431 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4432 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4433 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4434 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4435 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4436 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4437 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4438 break; |
25012 | 4439 } |
4440 | |
4441 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4442 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4443 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4444 |
25012 | 4445 first_old = first_new = i; |
4446 | |
4447 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4448 desired matrix. */ | |
4449 i = first_new + 1; | |
4450 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4451 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4452 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4453 ++i; |
4454 | |
4455 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4456 return 0; | |
4457 | |
4458 last_new = i; | |
4459 | |
4460 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4461 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4462 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4463 disabled. */ | |
4464 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4465 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4466 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4467 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4468 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4469 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4470 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4471 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4472 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4473 |
25012 | 4474 last_old = i; |
4475 | |
4476 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4477 i = last_new; | |
4478 j = last_old; | |
4479 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4480 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4481 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4482 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4483 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4484 && !MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
25012 | 4485 && row_equal_p (w, |
4486 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4487 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4488 --i, --j; |
4489 last_new = i; | |
4490 last_old = j; | |
4491 | |
4492 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4493 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4494 return 0; | |
4495 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4496 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4497 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4498 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4499 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4500 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4501 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4502 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4503 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4504 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4505 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4506 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4507 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4508 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4509 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4510 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4511 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4512 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4513 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4514 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4515 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4516 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4517 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
4518 memset (row_table, 0, nbytes); |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4519 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4520 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4521 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4522 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4523 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4524 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4525 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4526 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4527 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4528 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4529 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4530 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4531 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4532 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4533 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4534 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4535 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4536 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4537 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4538 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4539 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4540 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4541 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4542 |
25012 | 4543 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4544 { | |
4545 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4546 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4547 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4548 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4549 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4550 } |
4551 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4552 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4553 } |
4554 | |
4555 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4556 { | |
4557 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4558 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4559 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4560 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4561 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4562 } |
4563 | |
4564 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4565 in both matrices. */ | |
4566 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4567 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4568 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4569 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4570 { |
4571 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4572 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4573 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4574 |
4575 /* Record move. */ | |
4576 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4577 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4578 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4579 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4580 run->nrows = 1; | |
4581 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4582 | |
4583 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4584 j = i - 1; | |
4585 k = new_line - 1; | |
4586 while (j > first_old | |
4587 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4588 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4589 { |
4590 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4591 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4592 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4593 ++run->nrows; |
4594 run->height += h; | |
4595 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4596 run->current_y -= h; | |
4597 --j, --k; | |
4598 } | |
4599 | |
4600 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4601 j = i + 1; | |
4602 k = new_line + 1; | |
4603 while (j < last_old | |
4604 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4605 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4606 { |
4607 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4608 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4609 run->height += h; |
4610 ++j, ++k; | |
4611 } | |
4612 | |
4613 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4614 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4615 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4616 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4617 case. */ | |
4618 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4619 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4620 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4621 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4622 runs[j] = run; | |
4623 ++nruns; | |
4624 | |
4625 i += run->nrows; | |
4626 } | |
4627 else | |
4628 ++i; | |
4629 | |
4630 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4631 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4632 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4633 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4634 | |
4635 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4636 | A | | B | | |
4637 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4638 | B | | A | | |
4639 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4640 | |
4641 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4642 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4643 | |
4644 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4645 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4646 { | |
4647 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4648 | |
4649 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4650 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4651 { | |
4652 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4653 | |
4654 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4655 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4656 { | |
4657 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4658 |
25012 | 4659 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
4660 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4661 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4662 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4663 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4664 p->nrows = 0; | |
4665 } | |
4666 } | |
4667 | |
4668 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4669 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4670 { | |
4671 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4672 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4673 |
25012 | 4674 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4675 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4676 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4677 if (!from->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4678 && (to->left_fringe_bitmap != from->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4679 || to->right_fringe_bitmap != from->right_fringe_bitmap |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4680 || to->left_fringe_face_id != from->left_fringe_face_id |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4681 || to->right_fringe_face_id != from->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4682 || to->overlay_arrow_bitmap != from->overlay_arrow_bitmap)) |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4683 from->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
25012 | 4684 assign_row (to, from); |
4685 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4686 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4687 } |
4688 } | |
4689 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4694 /* Value is > 0 to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4695 return nruns; |
25012 | 4696 } |
4697 | |
4698 | |
4699 | |
4700 /************************************************************************ | |
4701 Frame-Based Updates | |
4702 ************************************************************************/ | |
4703 | |
4704 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
4705 | |
4706 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
4707 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
4708 should not be tried. | |
4709 | |
4710 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4711 | |
4712 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4713 update_frame_1 (struct frame *f, int force_p, int inhibit_id_p) |
25012 | 4714 { |
4715 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
4716 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
4717 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
4718 int i; | |
314 | 4719 int pause; |
4720 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 4721 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 4722 |
4723 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 4724 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4725 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4726 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4727 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4728 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4729 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4730 |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4731 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4732 if (!force_p && detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
314 | 4733 { |
4734 pause = 1; | |
4735 goto do_pause; | |
4736 } | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4737 #endif |
314 | 4738 |
25012 | 4739 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4740 if (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
25012 | 4741 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
4742 |
493 | 4743 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 4744 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
4745 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
4746 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 4747 break; |
4748 | |
4749 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 4750 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
4751 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 4752 |
4753 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 4754 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
4755 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
4756 | |
4757 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
4758 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 4759 { |
25012 | 4760 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4761 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
4762 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 4763 { |
4764 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
4765 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
4766 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
4767 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4768 FILE *display_output = FRAME_TTY (f)->output; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4769 if (display_output) |
314 | 4770 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4771 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4772 if (outq > 900 |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4773 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) |
314 | 4774 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4775 fflush (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4776 if (preempt_count == 1) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4777 { |
554 | 4778 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4779 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4780 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4781 the outq count. */ |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4782 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (FRAME_TTY (f->output)); |
314 | 4783 #endif |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4784 outq *= 10; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4785 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4786 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4787 } |
314 | 4788 } |
4789 } | |
4790 } | |
4791 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4792 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4793 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4794 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4795 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4796 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4797 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4798 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4799 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4800 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4801 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4802 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4803 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4804 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4805 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4806 if (!force_p && (i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
4807 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4808 #endif |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4809 |
25012 | 4810 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 4811 } |
4812 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4813 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4814 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 4815 |
4816 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
4817 if (!pause) | |
4818 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
4819 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 4820 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4821 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 4822 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4823 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4824 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4825 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4826 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 4827 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4828 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
4829 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 4830 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4831 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4832 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4833 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4834 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4835 { |
25012 | 4836 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4837 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4838 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4839 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4840 } |
708 | 4841 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4842 { |
25012 | 4843 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4844 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
4845 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
4846 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4847 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4848 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4849 { |
25012 | 4850 --row; |
4851 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4852 |
25012 | 4853 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
4854 { | |
4855 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
4856 must be ignored here. */ | |
4857 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
4858 row); | |
4859 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4860 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4861 | |
4862 while (last > start | |
4863 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
4864 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4865 |
25012 | 4866 col = last - start; |
4867 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4868 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4869 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4870 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4871 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4872 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4873 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4874 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4875 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4876 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4877 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4878 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4879 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4880 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4881 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4882 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4883 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4884 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4885 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
4886 cursor_to (f, row, col); |
708 | 4887 } |
314 | 4888 else |
25012 | 4889 { |
4890 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
4891 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
4892 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4893 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4894 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4895 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4896 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4897 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4898 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4899 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 4900 { |
4901 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
4902 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
4903 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4904 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4905 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4906 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4907 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
4908 cursor_to (f, y, x); |
25012 | 4909 } |
4910 } | |
314 | 4911 } |
4912 | |
4913 do_pause: | |
4914 | |
25012 | 4915 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 4916 return pause; |
4917 } | |
4918 | |
25012 | 4919 |
4920 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 4921 |
21514 | 4922 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4923 scrolling (struct frame *frame) |
314 | 4924 { |
4925 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
4926 int window_size; | |
4927 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4928 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4929 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4930 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4931 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 4932 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4933 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 4934 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
4935 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
4936 | |
4937 if (!current_matrix) | |
4938 abort (); | |
4939 | |
4940 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
4941 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
4942 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 4943 changed_lines = 0; |
4944 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4945 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4946 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 4947 { |
4948 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 4949 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4950 return 0; |
25012 | 4951 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
4952 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4953 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4954 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4955 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4956 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4957 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4958 } |
314 | 4959 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4960 { |
25012 | 4961 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
4962 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4963 } |
314 | 4964 |
4965 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
4966 { | |
4967 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4968 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 4969 } |
4970 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
4971 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 4972 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 4973 } |
4974 | |
4975 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4976 if ((!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
4977 && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4978 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 4979 return 1; |
4980 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4981 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 4982 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
4983 | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4984 if (FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame)) |
314 | 4985 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4986 else if (FRAME_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (frame)) |
314 | 4987 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
4988 | |
4989 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 4990 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4991 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
4992 && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 4993 && (window_size >= |
4994 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4995 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 4996 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
4997 return 0; | |
4998 | |
25012 | 4999 if (window_size < 2) |
5000 return 0; | |
5001 | |
764 | 5002 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5003 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5004 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5005 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5006 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5007 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5008 | |
5009 return 0; | |
5010 } | |
25012 | 5011 |
5012 | |
5013 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5014 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5015 | |
5016 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5017 count_blanks (struct glyph *r, int len) |
314 | 5018 { |
25012 | 5019 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5020 |
25012 | 5021 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5022 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5023 break; | |
5024 | |
5025 return i; | |
314 | 5026 } |
25012 | 5027 |
5028 | |
5029 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5030 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5031 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5032 |
5033 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5034 count_match (struct glyph *str1, struct glyph *end1, struct glyph *str2, struct glyph *end2) |
314 | 5035 { |
25012 | 5036 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5037 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5038 |
25012 | 5039 while (p1 < end1 |
5040 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5041 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5042 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5043 |
25012 | 5044 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5045 } |
5046 | |
25012 | 5047 |
314 | 5048 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5049 |
314 | 5050 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5051 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5052 |
25012 | 5053 |
5054 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5055 | |
314 | 5056 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5057 update_frame_line (struct frame *f, int vpos) |
314 | 5058 { |
25012 | 5059 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5060 int tem; |
5061 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5062 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5063 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5064 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5065 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5066 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5067 int write_spaces_p = FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (f); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5068 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5069 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5070 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5071 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5072 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5073 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5074 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5075 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5076 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5077 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5078 { |
25012 | 5079 obody = 0; |
314 | 5080 olen = 0; |
5081 } | |
5082 else | |
5083 { | |
25012 | 5084 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5085 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5086 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5087 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5088 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5089 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5090 olen--; |
314 | 5091 } |
5092 | |
25012 | 5093 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5094 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5095 | |
5096 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5097 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5098 { |
5099 nlen = 0; | |
5100 goto just_erase; | |
5101 } | |
5102 | |
25012 | 5103 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5104 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5105 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5106 | |
5107 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5108 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5109 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5110 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5111 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5112 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5113 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5114 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5115 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5116 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5117 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5118 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5119 write_glyphs (f, nbody, nlen); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5120 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5121 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5122 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5123 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5124 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5125 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5126 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5127 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5128 clear_end_of_line (f, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5129 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5130 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5131 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5132 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5133 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5134 |
25012 | 5135 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5136 return; | |
5137 } | |
314 | 5138 |
5139 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5140 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5141 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5142 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5143 nlen--; |
314 | 5144 |
5145 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5146 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
314 | 5147 { |
25012 | 5148 int i, j; |
5149 | |
5150 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5151 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5152 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5153 { | |
25012 | 5154 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5155 { |
25012 | 5156 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5157 j = i + 1; | |
5158 while (j < nlen | |
5159 && (j >= olen | |
5160 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5161 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5162 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5163 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5164 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5165 cursor_to (f, vpos, i); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5166 write_glyphs (f, nbody + i, j - i); |
25012 | 5167 i = j - 1; |
314 | 5168 |
5169 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5170 } | |
5171 } | |
5172 | |
5173 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5174 if (olen > nlen) | |
5175 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5176 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5177 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5178 } |
5179 | |
25012 | 5180 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5181 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5182 return; |
5183 } | |
5184 | |
25012 | 5185 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5186 characters in a row. */ | |
5187 | |
314 | 5188 if (!olen) |
5189 { | |
25012 | 5190 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5191 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5192 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5193 nsp = 0; |
5194 else | |
5195 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5196 | |
314 | 5197 if (nlen > nsp) |
5198 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5199 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5200 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); |
314 | 5201 } |
5202 | |
764 | 5203 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5204 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5205 return; |
5206 } | |
5207 | |
5208 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5209 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5210 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5211 |
5212 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5213 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5214 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5215 |
5216 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5217 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5218 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5219 { |
5220 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5221 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5222 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5223 } |
5224 | |
5225 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5226 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5227 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5228 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5229 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5230 | |
5231 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5232 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5233 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5234 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5235 while (op1 > op2 |
5236 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5237 { |
5238 op1--; | |
5239 np1--; | |
5240 } | |
5241 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5242 | |
5243 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5244 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5245 Is it worth it? */ | |
5246 | |
5247 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5248 if (endmatch && tem | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5249 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5250 || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5251 endmatch = 0; |
5252 | |
5253 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5254 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5255 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5256 Is it worth it? */ | |
5257 | |
5258 if (nsp != osp | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5259 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5260 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5261 { |
5262 begmatch = 0; | |
5263 endmatch = 0; | |
5264 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5265 } | |
5266 | |
5267 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5268 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5269 | |
5270 if (osp > nsp) | |
5271 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5272 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5273 delete_glyphs (f, osp - nsp); |
314 | 5274 } |
5275 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5276 { | |
5277 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5278 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5279 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5280 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5281 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5282 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5283 delete_glyphs (f, olen + nsp - osp - nlen); |
314 | 5284 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); |
5285 } | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5286 cursor_to (f, vpos, osp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5287 insert_glyphs (f, 0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5288 } |
5289 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5290 | |
5291 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5292 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5293 { | |
5294 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5295 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5296 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5297 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5298 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5299 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5300 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5301 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5302 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5303 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5304 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5305 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5306 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5307 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5308 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5309 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5310 } |
314 | 5311 } |
5312 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5313 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5314 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5315 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5316 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5317 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5318 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5319 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5320 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5321 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5322 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5323 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5324 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5325 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5326 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5327 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5328 out--; |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5329 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5330 |
25012 | 5331 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5332 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5333 if (del > 0) |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5334 delete_glyphs (f, del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5335 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5336 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5337 insert_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5338 olen = nlen; |
5339 } | |
5340 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5341 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5342 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5343 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5344 delete_glyphs (f, olen - nlen); |
314 | 5345 olen = nlen; |
5346 } | |
5347 } | |
5348 | |
5349 just_erase: | |
5350 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5351 if (olen > nlen) | |
5352 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5353 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5354 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5355 } |
5356 | |
764 | 5357 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5358 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5359 } |
25012 | 5360 |
5361 | |
314 | 5362 |
25012 | 5363 /*********************************************************************** |
5364 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5365 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5366 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5367 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5368 Return the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5369 Return in *POS the position in that object. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5370 Adjust *X and *Y to character positions. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5371 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5372 Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5373 buffer_posn_from_coords (struct window *w, int *x, int *y, struct display_pos *pos, Lisp_Object *object, int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5374 { |
25012 | 5375 struct it it; |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5376 Lisp_Object old_current_buffer = Fcurrent_buffer (); |
25012 | 5377 struct text_pos startp; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5378 Lisp_Object string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5379 struct glyph_row *row; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5380 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5381 struct image *img = 0; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5382 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5383 int x0, x1; |
25012 | 5384 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5385 /* We used to set current_buffer directly here, but that does the |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5386 wrong thing with `face-remapping-alist' (bug#2044). */ |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5387 Fset_buffer (w->buffer); |
25012 | 5388 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); |
5389 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5390 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5391 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5392 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5393 x0 = *x - WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5394 move_it_to (&it, -1, x0 + it.first_visible_x, *y, -1, |
25012 | 5395 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5396 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5397 Fset_buffer (old_current_buffer); |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5398 |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5399 *dx = x0 + it.first_visible_x - it.current_x; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5400 *dy = *y - it.current_y; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5401 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5402 string = w->buffer; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5403 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5404 string = it.string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5405 *pos = it.current; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5406 |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5407 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5408 if (it.what == IT_IMAGE) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5409 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5410 if ((img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it.f, it.image_id)) != NULL |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5411 && !NILP (img->spec)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5412 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5413 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5414 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5415 |
65016
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5416 if (it.vpos < w->current_matrix->nrows |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5417 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos), |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5418 row->enabled_p)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5419 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5420 if (it.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5421 { |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5422 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + it.hpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5423 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5424 if (img) |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5425 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5426 *dy -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5427 *dx += glyph->slice.x; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5428 *dy += glyph->slice.y; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5429 /* Image slices positions are still relative to the entire image */ |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5430 *width = img->width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5431 *height = img->height; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5432 } |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5433 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5434 #endif |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5435 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5436 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5437 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5438 } |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5439 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5440 else |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5441 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5442 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5443 *height = row->height; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5444 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5445 } |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5446 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5447 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5448 *width = *height = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5449 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5450 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5451 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5452 x1 = max(0, it.current_x + it.pixel_width - it.first_visible_x); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5453 if (x0 > x1) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5454 it.hpos += (x0 - x1) / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5455 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5456 *x = it.hpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5457 *y = it.vpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5458 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5459 return string; |
25012 | 5460 } |
5461 | |
5462 | |
5463 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5464 mode line or header line (PART says which) of window W, or nil if none. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5465 *CHARPOS is set to the position in the string returned. */ |
25012 | 5466 |
5467 Lisp_Object | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5468 mode_line_string (struct window *w, enum window_part part, int *x, int *y, int *charpos, Lisp_Object *object, int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
25012 | 5469 { |
5470 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5471 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5472 int x0, y0; |
25012 | 5473 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
5474 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5475 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5476 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5477 else | |
25546 | 5478 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5479 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5480 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5481 |
25012 | 5482 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5483 { |
25012 | 5484 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5485 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5486 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5487 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5488 for (x0 = *x; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5489 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5490 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5491 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5492 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5493 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5494 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5495 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5496 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5497 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5498 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5499 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5500 struct image *img; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5501 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5502 if (img != NULL) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5503 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5504 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5505 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5506 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5507 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5508 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5509 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5510 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5511 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5512 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5513 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5514 } |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5515 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5516 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5517 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5518 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5519 x0 = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5520 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5521 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5522 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5523 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5524 *dy = y0; |
25012 | 5525 |
5526 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5527 } |
25012 | 5528 |
5529 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5530 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5531 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5532 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5533 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5534 Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5535 marginal_area_string (struct window *w, enum window_part part, int *x, int *y, int *charpos, Lisp_Object *object, int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5536 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5537 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5538 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5539 int x0, y0, i, wy = *y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5540 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5541 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5542 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5543 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5544 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5545 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5546 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5547 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5548 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5549 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5550 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5551 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5552 break; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5553 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5554 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5555 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5556 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5557 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5558 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5559 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5560 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5561 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5562 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5563 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5564 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5565 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5566 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5567 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5568 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5569 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5570 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5571 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5572 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5573 for (x0 = *x - x0; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5574 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5575 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5576 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5577 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5578 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5579 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5580 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5581 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5582 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5583 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5584 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5585 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5586 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5587 if (img != NULL) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5588 *object = img->spec; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5589 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5590 x0 += glyph->slice.x; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5591 y0 += glyph->slice.y; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5592 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5593 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5594 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5595 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5596 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5597 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5598 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5599 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5600 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5601 } |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5602 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5603 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5604 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5605 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5606 *x = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5607 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5608 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5609 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5610 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5611 *dy = y0; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5612 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5613 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5614 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5615 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5616 |
25012 | 5617 /*********************************************************************** |
5618 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5619 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5620 |
5621 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5622 |
493 | 5623 SIGTYPE |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5624 window_change_signal (int signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5625 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5626 { |
5627 int width, height; | |
5628 int old_errno = errno; | |
5629 | |
82989
f3845715a5f6
Separate frame-local, tty-dependent parameters from tty-local parameters.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82987
diff
changeset
|
5630 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5631 |
58986
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5632 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5633 SIGNAL_THREAD_CHECK (signalnum); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5634 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5635 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a single |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5636 termcap-controlled terminal, but we can't decide which. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5637 Therefore, we resize the frames corresponding to each tty. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5638 */ |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5639 for (tty = tty_list; tty; tty = tty->next) { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5640 |
53341 | 5641 if (! tty->term_initted) |
5642 continue; | |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5643 |
101690
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5644 /* Suspended tty frames have tty->input == NULL avoid trying to |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5645 use it. */ |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5646 if (!tty->input) |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5647 continue; |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5648 |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5649 get_tty_size (fileno (tty->input), &width, &height); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5650 |
83412
573105015a96
Work around Emacs crash on Konsole detach. (Tom Schutzer-Weissmann)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83384
diff
changeset
|
5651 if (width > 5 && height > 2) { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5652 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5653 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5654 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5655 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_TTY (XFRAME (frame)) == tty) |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5656 /* Record the new sizes, but don't reallocate the data |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5657 structures now. Let that be done later outside of the |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5658 signal handler. */ |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5659 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5660 } |
314 | 5661 } |
5662 | |
5663 errno = old_errno; | |
5664 } | |
5665 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5666 | |
5667 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5668 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5669 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5670 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5671 |
21514 | 5672 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5673 do_pending_window_change (int safe) |
314 | 5674 { |
5675 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5676 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5677 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5678 |
314 | 5679 while (delayed_size_change) |
5680 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5681 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5682 |
5683 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5684 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5685 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5686 { |
25012 | 5687 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5688 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5689 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5690 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5691 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5692 } |
5693 } | |
5694 } | |
5695 | |
5696 | |
764 | 5697 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5698 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5699 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5700 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5701 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5702 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5703 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5704 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5705 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5706 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5707 |
21514 | 5708 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5709 change_frame_size (register struct frame *f, int newheight, int newwidth, int pretend, int delay, int safe) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5710 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5711 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5712 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5713 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5714 { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5715 /* On MS-DOS, all frames use the same screen, so a change in |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5716 size affects all frames. Termcap now supports multiple |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5717 ttys. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5718 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5719 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5720 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5721 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5722 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5723 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5724 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5725 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5726 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5727 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5728 change_frame_size_1 (register struct frame *f, int newheight, int newwidth, int pretend, int delay, int safe) |
314 | 5729 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5730 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
5731 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5732 |
314 | 5733 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5734 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5735 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5736 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5737 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 5738 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5739 return; | |
5740 } | |
5741 | |
764 | 5742 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5743 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5744 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5745 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5746 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5747 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5748 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5749 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5750 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 5751 |
5752 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5753 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5754 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5755 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5756 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5757 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5758 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5759 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5760 /* Frame width may be unchanged but the text portion may change, for example, |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5761 fullscreen and remove/add scroll bar. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5762 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5763 && newwidth == FRAME_COLS (f) // text portion unchanged |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5764 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) // frame width unchanged |
314 | 5765 return; |
5766 | |
15078 | 5767 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5768 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5769 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5770 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5771 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5772 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5773 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5774 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5775 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5776 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 5777 { |
25012 | 5778 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5779 { |
25012 | 5780 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5781 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 5782 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
5783 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5784 (newheight | |
5785 - 1 | |
5786 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5787 2); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5788 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5789 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5790 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5791 } |
5792 else | |
764 | 5793 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5794 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5795 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 2); |
25012 | 5796 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5797 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5798 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5799 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
5800 FrameRows (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newheight; |
314 | 5801 } |
5802 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5803 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5804 { |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5805 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 2); |
25012 | 5806 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5807 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 5808 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5809 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5810 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5811 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
5812 FrameCols (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newwidth; |
25012 | 5813 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5814 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5815 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 5816 } |
5817 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5818 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5819 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 5820 |
5821 { | |
5822 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
5823 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5824 |
25012 | 5825 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
5826 &text_area_height); | |
5827 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
5828 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
5829 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
5830 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
5831 } | |
5832 | |
5833 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
5834 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 5835 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
5836 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 5837 |
5838 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5839 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5840 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5841 |
88050
449ffc76e463
* window.c (run_window_configuration_change_hook): New function.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
5842 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5843 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5844 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 5845 } |
25012 | 5846 |
5847 | |
314 | 5848 |
25012 | 5849 /*********************************************************************** |
5850 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
5851 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5852 | |
5853 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5854 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5855 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5856 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5857 (Lisp_Object file) |
25012 | 5858 { |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5859 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5860 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
5861 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
5862 && ! FRAME_MSDOS_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5863 error ("Current frame is not on a tty device"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5864 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5865 tty = CURTTY (); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5866 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5867 if (tty->termscript != 0) |
83560 | 5868 { |
5869 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5870 fclose (tty->termscript); |
83560 | 5871 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
5872 } | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5873 tty->termscript = 0; |
25012 | 5874 |
5875 if (! NILP (file)) | |
5876 { | |
5877 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5878 tty->termscript = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5879 if (tty->termscript == 0) |
25012 | 5880 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); |
5881 } | |
5882 return Qnil; | |
5883 } | |
5884 | |
5885 | |
314 | 5886 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5887 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5888 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5889 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. |
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5890 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5891 Optional parameter TERMINAL specifies the tty terminal device to use. |
104957
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5892 It may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the terminal used by |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5893 the currently selected frame. In batch mode, STRING is sent to stdout |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5894 when TERMINAL is nil. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5895 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object terminal) |
314 | 5896 { |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5897 struct terminal *t = get_terminal (terminal, 1); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5898 FILE *out; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5899 |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
5900 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
5901 CHECK_STRING (string); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
5902 BLOCK_INPUT; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5903 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5904 if (!t) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5905 error ("Unknown terminal device"); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5906 |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5907 if (t->type == output_initial) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5908 out = stdout; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5909 else if (t->type != output_termcap && t->type != output_msdos_raw) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5910 error ("Device %d is not a termcap terminal device", t->id); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5911 else |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5912 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5913 struct tty_display_info *tty = t->display_info.tty; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5914 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5915 if (! tty->output) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5916 error ("Terminal is currently suspended"); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5917 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5918 if (tty->termscript) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5919 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5920 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5921 fflush (tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5922 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5923 out = tty->output; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5924 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5925 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), out); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5926 fflush (out); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
5927 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 5928 return Qnil; |
5929 } | |
5930 | |
25012 | 5931 |
314 | 5932 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5933 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5934 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5935 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5936 (Lisp_Object arg) |
314 | 5937 { |
493 | 5938 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 5939 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5940 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5941 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5942 else |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5943 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 5944 } |
5945 else | |
5946 bitch_at_user (); | |
5947 | |
5948 return Qnil; | |
5949 } | |
5950 | |
21514 | 5951 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5952 bitch_at_user (void) |
314 | 5953 { |
5954 if (noninteractive) | |
5955 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 5956 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 5957 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
5958 else | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5959 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 5960 } |
5961 | |
25012 | 5962 |
5963 | |
5964 /*********************************************************************** | |
5965 Sleeping, Waiting | |
5966 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5967 | |
314 | 5968 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5969 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5970 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5971 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5972 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5973 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5974 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5975 (Lisp_Object seconds, Lisp_Object milliseconds) |
314 | 5976 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5977 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5978 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5979 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
5980 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5981 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
5982 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 5983 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
5984 | |
5985 { | |
5986 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
5987 sec = (int) duration; | |
5988 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
5989 } | |
314 | 5990 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5991 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5992 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
63695
98563021d2e3
(Fsleep_for, Fsit_for): Follow error conventions.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
63649
diff
changeset
|
5993 error ("Millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5994 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5995 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5996 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5997 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5998 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5999 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6000 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6001 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6002 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6003 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6004 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6005 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6006 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6007 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6008 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6009 return Qnil; |
6010 | |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6011 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, 0, 0, Qnil, NULL, 0); |
314 | 6012 |
6013 return Qnil; | |
6014 } | |
6015 | |
25012 | 6016 |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6017 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_output, except that |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6018 it does redisplay. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6019 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6020 TIMEOUT is number of seconds to wait (float or integer), |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6021 or t to wait forever. |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6022 READING is 1 if reading input. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6023 If DO_DISPLAY is >0 display process output while waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6024 If DO_DISPLAY is >1 perform an initial redisplay before waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6025 */ |
650 | 6026 |
6027 Lisp_Object | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6028 sit_for (Lisp_Object timeout, int reading, int do_display) |
314 | 6029 { |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6030 int sec, usec; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6031 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6032 swallow_events (do_display); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6033 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6034 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (do_display)) |
71138
5cf77229c85d
(sit_for): Perform redisplay even if input is pending
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
70300
diff
changeset
|
6035 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
314 | 6036 return Qnil; |
650 | 6037 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6038 if (do_display >= 2) |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6039 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6040 |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6041 if (INTEGERP (timeout)) |
71333
a8cbcce39bd0
(sit_for): Undo 2006-06-01 change. Instead, a
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71323
diff
changeset
|
6042 { |
71810 | 6043 sec = XINT (timeout); |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6044 usec = 0; |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6045 } |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6046 else if (FLOATP (timeout)) |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6047 { |
71831
347f809d2edb
(sit_for): Tiny simplification.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71810
diff
changeset
|
6048 double seconds = XFLOAT_DATA (timeout); |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6049 sec = (int) seconds; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6050 usec = (int) ((seconds - sec) * 1000000); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6051 } |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6052 else if (EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6053 { |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6054 sec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6055 usec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6056 } |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6057 else |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6058 wrong_type_argument (Qnumberp, timeout); |
314 | 6059 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6060 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0 && !EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
673 | 6061 return Qt; |
6062 | |
314 | 6063 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6064 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6065 #endif |
6066 | |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6067 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, reading ? -1 : 1, do_display, |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6068 Qnil, NULL, 0); |
650 | 6069 |
314 | 6070 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6071 } | |
6072 | |
25012 | 6073 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6074 DEFUN ("redisplay", Fredisplay, Sredisplay, 0, 1, 0, |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6075 doc: /* Perform redisplay if no input is available. |
71773 | 6076 If optional arg FORCE is non-nil or `redisplay-dont-pause' is non-nil, |
72788
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6077 perform a full redisplay even if input is available. |
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6078 Return t if redisplay was performed, nil otherwise. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6079 (Lisp_Object force) |
650 | 6080 { |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6081 int count; |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6082 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6083 swallow_events (1); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6084 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (1) |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6085 && NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6086 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6087 return Qnil; |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6088 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6089 count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6090 if (!NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6091 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6092 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6093 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6094 return Qt; |
650 | 6095 } |
25012 | 6096 |
6097 | |
314 | 6098 |
25012 | 6099 /*********************************************************************** |
6100 Other Lisp Functions | |
6101 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6102 | |
6103 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6104 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6105 buffer-modified-flags. */ |
25012 | 6106 |
6107 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6108 | |
6109 | |
6110 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6111 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6112 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6113 VARIABLE is a variable name whose value is either nil or a state vector |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6114 that will be updated to contain all frames and buffers, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6115 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6116 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags. This allows a fast |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6117 check to see whether buffer menus might need to be recomputed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6118 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6119 the current state. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6120 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6121 If VARIABLE is nil, an internal variable is used. Users should not |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6122 pass nil for VARIABLE. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6123 (Lisp_Object variable) |
25012 | 6124 { |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6125 Lisp_Object state, tail, frame, buf; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6126 Lisp_Object *vecp, *end; |
25012 | 6127 int n; |
6128 | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6129 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6130 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6131 CHECK_SYMBOL (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6132 state = Fsymbol_value (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6133 if (! VECTORP (state)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6134 goto changed; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6135 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6136 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6137 state = frame_and_buffer_state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6138 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6139 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6140 end = vecp + XVECTOR (state)->size; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6141 |
25012 | 6142 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6143 { | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6144 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6145 goto changed; |
25012 | 6146 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) |
6147 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6148 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6149 goto changed; |
25012 | 6150 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) |
6151 goto changed; | |
6152 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6153 /* Check that the buffer info matches. */ |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6154 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6155 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6156 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6157 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6158 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6159 continue; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6160 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6161 goto changed; |
25012 | 6162 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) |
6163 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6164 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6165 goto changed; |
25012 | 6166 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) |
6167 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6168 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6169 goto changed; |
25012 | 6170 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) |
6171 goto changed; | |
6172 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6173 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6174 goto changed; |
25012 | 6175 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ |
6176 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6177 return Qnil; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6178 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6179 /* Come here if we decide the data has changed. */ |
25012 | 6180 changed: |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6181 /* Count the size we will need. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6182 Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ |
25012 | 6183 n = 1; |
6184 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6185 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6186 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6187 n += 3; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6188 /* Reallocate the vector if data has grown to need it, |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6189 or if it has shrunk a lot. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6190 if (! VECTORP (state) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6191 || n > XVECTOR (state)->size |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6192 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (state)->size / 2) |
25012 | 6193 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6194 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6195 state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6196 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6197 Fset (variable, state); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6198 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6199 frame_and_buffer_state = state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6200 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6201 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6202 /* Record the new data in the (possibly reallocated) vector. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6203 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
25012 | 6204 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6205 { | |
6206 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6207 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6208 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6209 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6210 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6211 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6212 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6213 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6214 continue; |
6215 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6216 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6217 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6218 } | |
6219 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6220 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6221 while (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6222 < XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6223 *vecp++ = Qlambda; |
6224 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6225 if (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6226 > XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6227 abort (); |
6228 return Qt; | |
6229 } | |
6230 | |
6231 | |
6232 | |
6233 /*********************************************************************** | |
6234 Initialization | |
6235 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6236 | |
6237 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. | |
6238 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6239 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6240 |
21514 | 6241 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6242 init_display (void) |
314 | 6243 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6244 char *terminal_type; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6245 |
314 | 6246 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
6247 extern int display_arg; | |
6248 #endif | |
6249 | |
25012 | 6250 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6251 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
6252 SET_CHAR_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' ', DEFAULT_FACE_ID, 0); |
25012 | 6253 space_glyph.charpos = -1; |
6254 | |
314 | 6255 inverse_video = 0; |
6256 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6257 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6258 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6259 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6260 during startup. */ |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6261 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6262 |
83146
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6263 /* SIGWINCH needs to be handled no matter what display we start |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6264 with. Otherwise newly opened tty frames will not resize |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6265 automatically. */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6266 #ifdef SIGWINCH |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6267 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6268 if (initialized) |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6269 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6270 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6271 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ |
314 | 6272 |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6273 /* If running as a daemon, no need to initialize any frames/terminal. */ |
99182
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6274 if (IS_DAEMON) |
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6275 return; |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6276 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6277 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6278 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6279 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6280 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6281 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6282 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6283 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6284 |
6285 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
69952
b9da898695a5
* dispnew.c (init_display): Don't init X display if the user asked
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69607
diff
changeset
|
6286 if (! inhibit_window_system && ! display_arg) |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6287 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6288 char *display; |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6289 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6290 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
69607
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6291 |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6292 if (display_arg && !x_display_ok (display)) |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6293 { |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6294 fprintf (stderr, "Display %s unavailable, simulating -nw\n", |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6295 display); |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6296 inhibit_window_system = 1; |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6297 } |
2364 | 6298 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6299 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6300 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6301 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6302 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6303 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6304 ) |
314 | 6305 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6306 Vinitial_window_system = Qx; |
314 | 6307 #ifdef HAVE_X11 |
6308 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6309 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6310 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6311 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6312 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6313 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6314 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6315 #endif |
25012 | 6316 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6317 return; |
6318 } | |
6319 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6320 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6321 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6322 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6323 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6324 Vinitial_window_system = Qw32; |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6325 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6326 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6327 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6328 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6329 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6330 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6331 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6332 if (!inhibit_window_system |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6333 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6334 && initialized |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6335 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6336 ) |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6337 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6338 Vinitial_window_system = Qns; |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6339 Vwindow_system_version = make_number(10); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6340 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6341 return; |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6342 } |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6343 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6344 |
314 | 6345 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6346 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6347 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6348 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6349 exit (1); |
6350 } | |
6351 | |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6352 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6353 terminal_type = "w32console"; |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6354 #else |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6355 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6356 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6357 #endif |
314 | 6358 if (!terminal_type) |
6359 { | |
71946 | 6360 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
71945 | 6361 if (! inhibit_window_system) |
6362 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable DISPLAY or TERM (see `tset').\n"); | |
71944
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6363 else |
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6364 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
71945 | 6365 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see `tset'.\n"); |
314 | 6366 exit (1); |
6367 } | |
6368 | |
53341 | 6369 { |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6370 struct terminal *t; |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6371 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6372 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6373 /* Open a display on the controlling tty. */ |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6374 t = init_tty (0, terminal_type, 1); /* Errors are fatal. */ |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6375 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6376 /* Convert the initial frame to use the new display. */ |
83090
72c2a3eb27da
Trivial cosmetic change in dispnew.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83074
diff
changeset
|
6377 if (f->output_method != output_initial) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6378 abort (); |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6379 f->output_method = t->type; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6380 f->terminal = t; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6381 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6382 t->reference_count++; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6383 t->display_info.tty->top_frame = selected_frame; |
83362
c3dd82172ed1
Enforce the presence of `window-system' and `tty-type' frame parameters in all frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83353
diff
changeset
|
6384 change_frame_size (XFRAME (selected_frame), |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6385 FrameRows (t->display_info.tty), |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6386 FrameCols (t->display_info.tty), 0, 0, 1); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6387 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6388 /* Delete the initial terminal. */ |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6389 if (--initial_terminal->reference_count == 0 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6390 && initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6391 (*initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) (initial_terminal); |
83074
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6392 |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6393 /* Update frame parameters to reflect the new type. */ |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6394 Fmodify_frame_parameters |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6395 (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty_type, |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6396 Ftty_type (selected_frame)), Qnil)); |
97867
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6397 if (t->display_info.tty->name) |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6398 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6399 Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, build_string (t->display_info.tty->name)), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6400 Qnil)); |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6401 else |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6402 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, Qnil), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6403 Qnil)); |
53341 | 6404 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6405 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6406 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6407 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6408 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6409 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6410 |
25012 | 6411 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6412 | |
6413 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6414 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6415 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6416 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6417 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6418 |
25012 | 6419 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6420 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6421 |
25012 | 6422 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ |
6423 if (initialized | |
6424 && !noninteractive | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6425 && NILP (Vinitial_window_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6426 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6427 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6428 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6429 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6430 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6431 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6432 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6433 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6434 } |
314 | 6435 } |
25012 | 6436 |
6437 | |
314 | 6438 |
25012 | 6439 /*********************************************************************** |
6440 Blinking cursor | |
6441 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6442 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6443 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6444 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6445 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6446 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6447 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6448 don't show a cursor. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6449 (Lisp_Object window, Lisp_Object show) |
25012 | 6450 { |
6451 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6452 output routines. */ | |
6453 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6454 { | |
6455 if (NILP (window)) | |
6456 window = selected_window; | |
6457 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6458 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6459 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6460 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6461 } |
6462 | |
6463 return Qnil; | |
6464 } | |
6465 | |
6466 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6467 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6468 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6469 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6470 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6471 (Lisp_Object window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6472 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6473 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6474 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6475 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6476 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6477 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6478 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6479 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6480 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6481 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6482 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6483 |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6484 DEFUN ("last-nonminibuffer-frame", Flast_nonminibuf_frame, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6485 Slast_nonminibuf_frame, 0, 0, 0, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6486 doc: /* Value is last nonminibuffer frame. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6487 (void) |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6488 { |
95639
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6489 Lisp_Object frame = Qnil; |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6490 |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6491 if (last_nonminibuf_frame) |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6492 XSETFRAME (frame, last_nonminibuf_frame); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6493 |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6494 return frame; |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6495 } |
25012 | 6496 |
6497 /*********************************************************************** | |
6498 Initialization | |
6499 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6500 | |
21514 | 6501 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6502 syms_of_display (void) |
314 | 6503 { |
764 | 6504 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6505 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6506 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6507 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6508 defsubr (&Sding); | |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6509 defsubr (&Sredisplay); |
314 | 6510 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); |
6511 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6512 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6513 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6514 defsubr (&Slast_nonminibuf_frame); |
314 | 6515 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6516 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6517 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6518 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6519 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6520 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6521 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6522 |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6523 Qdisplay_table = intern_c_string ("display-table"); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6524 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6525 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern_c_string ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6526 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6527 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6528 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6529 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6530 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6531 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6532 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6533 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6534 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6535 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6536 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6537 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6538 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6539 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6540 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6541 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6542 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6543 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6544 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6545 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6546 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6547 |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6548 DEFVAR_LISP ("initial-window-system", &Vinitial_window_system, |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6549 doc: /* Name of the window system that Emacs uses for the first frame. |
41025
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6550 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6551 The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6552 |
85614
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6553 DEFVAR_KBOARD ("window-system", Vwindow_system, |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6554 doc: /* Name of window system through which the selected frame is displayed. |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6555 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6556 The value is nil if the selected frame is on a text-only-terminal. */); |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6557 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6558 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6559 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
85826 | 6560 For X windows, this is 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6561 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6562 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6563 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6564 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6565 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6566 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6567 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6568 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6569 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6570 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6571 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6572 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6573 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6574 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6575 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6576 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6577 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6578 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6579 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6580 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6581 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6582 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6583 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6584 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6585 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6586 DEFVAR_LISP ("redisplay-preemption-period", &Vredisplay_preemption_period, |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6587 doc: /* *The period in seconds between checking for input during redisplay. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6588 If input is detected, redisplay is pre-empted, and the input is processed. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6589 If nil, never pre-empt redisplay. */); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6590 Vredisplay_preemption_period = make_float (0.10); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6591 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6592 |
314 | 6593 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP |
6594 if (noninteractive) | |
6595 #endif | |
6596 { | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6597 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6598 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; |
6599 } | |
6600 } | |
52401 | 6601 |
6602 /* arch-tag: 8d812b1f-04a2-4195-a9c4-381f8457a413 | |
6603 (do not change this comment) */ |